Document:

EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 

EXECUTION COPY 
 AMENDMENT
NO. 18 TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
 THIS AMENDMENT NO. 18 TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this
“Amendment”), dated as of January 16, 2018, is entered into among WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, as Seller (the “Seller”), WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC., an Ohio corporation,
as Servicer (the “Servicer”), THE MEMBERS OF THE VARIOUS PURCHASER GROUPS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY TO THE AGREEMENT (as defined below) (each, a “Purchaser Group” and collectively, the “Purchaser
Groups”), and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrator (the “Administrator”). 
 RECITALS 

WHEREAS, the Seller, the Servicer, each member of each of the Purchaser Groups and the Administrator are parties to the
Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2000 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified through the date hereof, the “Agreement”); 

WHEREAS, concurrently herewith, the Seller, the Servicer, the Purchaser and the Agent are entering into that certain
Tenth Amended and Restated Fee Letter (the “Fee Letter”), dated as of the date hereof; and 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth. 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows: 
 1.    Certain Defined Terms. Capitalized terms
that are used herein without definition and that are defined in Exhibit I to the Agreement shall have the same meanings herein as therein defined. 

2.    Amendments to Agreement. The Agreement is hereby amended to reflect the marked pages of the
Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A. 
 3.    Representations and Warranties. The
Seller and the Servicer each hereby represents and warrants to the Administrator and each member of the various Purchaser Groups from time to time party to the Agreement as follows: 

(a)    Representations and Warranties. Its representations and warranties contained
in Exhibit III of the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations or warranties were true and correct as of such earlier date); 

(b)    Enforceability. The execution and delivery by each of the Seller and the
Servicer of this Amendment, and the performance of each of its obligations under this Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are within each of its corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on each of
its parts. This Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are each of the Seller’s and the Servicer’s valid and legally binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and 

 (c)    No Default. Immediately after
giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, no Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event exists or shall exist. 

(d)    Borrowing Base. Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment, the Sale
Agreement Amendment and the Assignment Agreements, the Aggregate Investment plus the Total Reserves on the date hereof will not exceed the Net Receivables Pool Balance on the date hereof. 

4.    Effect of Amendment. All provisions of the Agreement, including as expressly amended and
modified by this Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified. After this Amendment becomes effective, all references in the Agreement (or in any other Transaction Document) to “this Agreement”,
“hereof”, “herein” or words of similar effect referring to the Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the Agreement as amended by this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be deemed, either expressly or impliedly, to waive,
amend or supplement any provision of the Agreement other than as set forth herein. 

5.    Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon
(a) receipt by the Administrator of counterparts of: (i) this Amendment, (ii) the Fee Letter, and (iii) such other documents, instruments and agreements reasonably requested by the Administrator prior to the date hereof and
(b) payment of the “Structuring Fee” (under and as defined in the Fee Letter) in accordance with the terms of the Fee Letter. 

6.    Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different
parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. 

7.    Severability. Each provision of this Amendment shall be severable from every other provision
of this Amendment for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any provision hereof, and the unenforceability of one or more provisions of this Amendment in one jurisdiction shall not have the effect of rendering such provision or
provisions unenforceable in any other jurisdiction. 
 8.    Governing Law. This Amendment shall
be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York (without regard to any otherwise applicable principles of conflicts of law other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law). 
 9.    Section
Headings. The various headings of this Amendment are included for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment, the Agreement or any provision hereof or thereof. 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

  
 2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first
written above. 
  

					
	 WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION,

as Seller

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Marcus
Rogier                            

		 	 Name: Marcus Rogier

		 	 Title:   Treasurer

	
	 WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.,

as Servicer

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Marcus
Rogier                            

		 	 Name: Marcus Rogier

		 	 Title:   Treasurer

  

					
		  	S-1	  	 Amendment No. 18 to Receivables

Purchase Agreement (Worthington)

 

					
	 PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrator

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Michael Brown

		 	 Name:
	 	 Michael Brown

		 	 Title:
	 	 Senior Vice President

	
	 PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Purchaser Agent and a Related Committed Purchaser

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Michael Brown

		 	 Name:
	 	 Michael Brown

		 	 Title:
	 	 Senior Vice President

  

					
		  	S-2	  	 Amendment No. 18 to Receivables

Purchase Agreement (Worthington)

 

 Exhibit A 

[Attached] 

  

					
		  	Exhibit A	  	 Amendment No. 18 to Receivables

Purchase Agreement (Worthington)

 

 Exhibit A to Amendment No. 18 dated January 16, 2018 

 
  

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT 

dated as of November 30, 2000 

among 
 WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES
CORPORATION, 
 WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC., 

as Servicer 
 THE MEMBERS OF
VARIOUS PURCHASER GROUPS 
 FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO 

and 
 PNC BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, 
 as Administrator 
  

 

 This RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time, this “Agreement”) is entered into as of November 30, 2000, among WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, as seller (the “Seller”), WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.,
an Ohio corporation (“Worthington”), as initial servicer (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Servicer”), PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(“PNC”), as agent for PNC, and as Administrator for each Purchaser Group (in such capacity, the “Administrator”), and each of the other members of each Purchaser Group party hereto or that become parties hereto by
executing an Assumption Agreement or a Transfer Supplement. 
 PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS. Certain terms that are capitalized
and used throughout this Agreement are defined in Exhibit I. References in the Exhibits hereto to the “Agreement” refer to this Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 

The Seller desires to sell, transfer and assign an undivided variable percentage interest in a pool of receivables, and the
Purchasers desire to acquire such undivided variable percentage interest, as such percentage interest shall be adjusted from time to time based upon, in part, reinvestment payments that are made by such Purchasers. 

In consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 ARTICLE I 
 AMOUNTS
AND TERMS OF THE PURCHASES 
 Section 1.1.    Purchase Facility. 

(a)    On the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, the Seller may, from time to time
before the Facility Termination Date, request that the Conduit Purchasers, or, only if a Conduit Purchaser denies such request or is unable to fund (and provides notice of such denial or inability to the Seller, the Administrator and its Purchaser
Agent), ratably request that the Related Committed Purchasers, make purchases of and reinvestments in undivided percentage ownership interests with regard to the Purchased Interest from the Seller from time to time from the date hereof to the
Facility Termination Date. Subject to Section 1.4(b), concerning reinvestments, at no time will a Conduit Purchaser have any obligation to make a purchase. Each Related Committed Purchaser severally hereby agrees, on the
terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to make Purchases before the Facility Termination Date, based on the applicable Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of each purchase requested pursuant to Section 1.2(a) (each a
“Purchase”) (and, in the case of each Related Committed Purchaser, its Commitment Percentage of its Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of such Purchase) to the extent its Investment would not thereby exceed its Commitment and the
Aggregate Investment would not (after giving effect to all Purchases on such date) exceed the Purchase Limit. 

(b)    The Seller may, upon at least 60 days’ written notice to the Administrator and
each Purchaser Agent terminate the purchase facility provided for in this Section in whole or, upon 30 days’ written notice to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent, 

 
from time to time, irrevocably reduce in part the unfunded portion of the Purchase Limit (but not below the amount which would cause the Group Investment of any Purchaser Group to exceed its
Group Commitment (after giving effect to such reduction)); provided that each partial reduction shall be in the amount of at least $3,000,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and unless terminated in whole, the Purchase Limit
shall in no event be reduced below $50,000,000. Such reduction shall at the option of the Seller be applied either (i) ratably to reduce the Group Commitment of each Purchaser Group or (ii) to terminate the Group Commitment of any one
Purchaser Group. 
 (c)    Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledges and agrees that
from and after the Fifteenth Amendment Effective Date, the Purchaser Group that includes PNC, as a Purchaser Agent and as a Purchaser, shall not include a Conduit Purchaser, and each request by the Seller for ratable Purchases by the Conduit
Purchasers pursuant to Section 1.1(a) shall be deemed to be a request that the Related Committed Purchasers in PNC’s Purchaser Group make their ratable share of such Purchases. 

Section 1.2.    Making Purchases. 

(a)    Each purchase (but not reinvestment) of undivided percentage ownership interests
with regard to the Purchased Interest hereunder shall be made upon the Seller’s irrevocable written notice in the form of Annex B delivered to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent in accordance with Section 6.2
(which notice must be received by the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent before 11:00 a.m., New York City time) at least three Business Days before the requested Purchase Date, which notice shall specify: (A) the amount requested to be paid
to the Seller (such amount, which shall not be less than $1,000,000 or such lesser amount as may be consented to by the Administrator, with respect to each Purchaser Group, being the aggregate of the Investments of each Purchaser within such
Purchaser Group, relating to the undivided percentage ownership interest then being purchased), (B) the date of such purchase (which shall be a Business Day), and (C) a pro forma calculation of the Purchased Interest after giving effect to the
increase in the Aggregate Investment. If the Purchase is requested from a Conduit Purchaser and such Conduit Purchaser determines, in its sole discretion, to make the requested Purchase, such Conduit Purchaser shall transfer to the account of the
Seller described in Section 1.2(b), below (the “Disbursement Account”), an amount equal to such Conduit Purchaser’s Purchaser Group Ratable Share of such Purchase on the requested Purchase Date. If the
Purchase is requested from the Related Committed Purchasers for a Purchaser Group (in the case where the related Conduit Purchaser determined not to or was unable to make such Purchase), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such Related
Committed Purchasers for a Purchaser Group shall use its reasonable best efforts to transfer the applicable Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of each Purchase (and, in the case of each Related Committed Purchaser, its Commitment Percentage of its
Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of such Purchase) into the Disbursement Account by no later than 4:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Purchase Date. 

(b)    On the date of each Purchase, each Purchaser (or the related Purchaser Agent on its
behalf), shall make available to the Seller in same day funds, at the account from time to time specified in writing by the Seller to each Purchaser, an amount equal to the proceeds of such Purchase. 

  
 2 

 (c)    Effective on the date of each Purchase
pursuant to this Section 1.2 and each reinvestment pursuant to Section 1.4, the Seller hereby sells and assigns to the Administrator for the benefit of the Purchasers (ratably, according to each
such Purchaser’s Investment) an undivided percentage ownership interest in: (i) each Pool Receivable then existing, (ii) all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivables, and (iii) all Collections with respect to, and
other proceeds of, such Pool Receivables and Related Security. 
 (d)    To secure all of
the Seller’s obligations (monetary or otherwise) under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, whether now or hereafter existing or arising, due or to become due, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent,
the Seller hereby grants to the Administrator, for the benefit of the Purchasers, a security interest in all of the Seller’s right, title and interest (including any undivided interest of the Seller) in, to and under all of the following,
whether now or hereafter owned, existing or arising: (i) all Pool Receivables, (ii) all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivables, (iii) all Collections with respect to such Pool Receivables, (iv) the Lock-Box Accounts and all amounts on deposit therein, and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time evidencing such Lock-Box Accounts and amounts on deposit
therein, (v) all books and records of each Receivable, and all Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a party, together with all rights (but none of the obligations) of the Seller thereunder and (vi) all proceeds and products of, and
all amounts received or receivable under any or all of, the foregoing (collectively, the “Pool Assets”). The Administrator, for the benefit of the Purchasers, shall have, with respect to the Pool Assets, and in addition to all the
other rights and remedies available to the Administrator and the Purchasers, all the rights and remedies of a secured party under any applicable UCC. 

(e)    The Seller may, with the written consent of the Administrator and each Purchaser,
add additional Persons as Purchasers (either to an existing Purchaser Group or by creating new Purchaser Groups) or cause an existing Purchaser to increase its Commitment in connection with a corresponding increase in the Purchase Limit;
provided, however, that the Commitment of any Purchaser may only be increased with the consent of such Purchaser. Each new Purchaser (or Purchaser Group) and each Purchaser increasing its Commitment shall become a party hereto or
increase its Commitment, as the case may be, by executing and delivering to the Administrator and the Seller an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex C hereto (which Assumption Agreement shall, in the case of any new Purchaser or Purchasers be
executed by each Person in such new Purchaser’s Purchaser Group). 
 (f)    Each
Related Committed Purchaser’s obligation hereunder shall be several, such that the failure of any Related Committed Purchaser to make a payment in connection with any purchase hereunder shall not relieve any other Related Committed Purchaser of
its obligation hereunder to make payment for any Purchase. Further, in the event any Related Committed Purchaser fails to satisfy its obligation to make a purchase 

  
 3 

 
as required hereunder, upon receipt of notice of such failure from the Administrator (or any relevant Purchaser Agent), subject to the limitations set forth herein, the non-defaulting Related Committed Purchasers in such defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Purchaser Group shall purchase the defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment Percentage of the related
Purchase pro rata in proportion to their relative Commitment Percentages (determined without regard to the Commitment Percentage of the defaulting Related Committed Purchaser; it being understood that a defaulting Related Committed
Purchaser’s Commitment Percentage of any Purchase shall be first put to the Related Committed Purchasers in such defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Purchaser Group and thereafter if there are no other Related Committed Purchasers in
such Purchaser Group or if such other Related Committed Purchasers are also defaulting Related Committed Purchasers, then such defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment Percentage of such Purchase shall be put to each other Purchaser
Group ratably and applied in accordance with this paragraph (f)). Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph (f) to the contrary, no Related Committed Purchaser shall be required to make a Purchase pursuant to this paragraph for an amount which
would cause (i) the aggregate Investment of such Related Committed Purchaser (after giving effect to such Purchase) to exceed its Commitment or (ii) the sum of the aggregate Investments of all Purchasers in the Purchaser Group of such
Related Committed Purchaser (after giving effect to such Purchase) to exceed the sum of the Commitments of all of the Purchasers in such Purchaser Group. 

Section 1.3.    Purchased Interest Computation. The Purchased Interest shall be initially
computed on the date of the initial Purchase hereunder. Thereafter, until the Facility Termination Date, such Purchased Interest shall be automatically recomputed (or deemed to be recomputed) on each Business Day other than a Termination Day. From
and after the occurrence of any Termination Day, the Purchased Interest shall (until the event(s) giving rise to such Termination Day are satisfied or are waived by the Administrator and a Simple Majority of the Purchasers) be deemed to be 100%. The
Purchased Interest shall become zero when the Aggregate Investment thereof and Aggregate Discount thereon shall have been paid in full, all the amounts owed by the Seller and the Servicer hereunder to each Purchaser, the Administrator and any other
Indemnified Party or Affected Person are paid in full, and the Servicer shall have received the accrued Servicing Fee thereon. 

Section 1.4.    Settlement Procedures. 

(a)    The collection of the Pool Receivables shall be administered by the Servicer in
accordance with this Agreement. The Seller shall provide to the Servicer on a timely basis all information needed for such administration, including notice of the occurrence of any Termination Day and current computations of the Purchased Interest.

 (b)    The Servicer shall, on each day on which Collections of Pool Receivables are
received (or deemed received) by the Seller or the Servicer: 
 (i)    set aside and hold
in trust (and shall, at the request of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers), segregate in a separate account approved by the Administrator if, at the time of

  
 4 

 
such request, there exists an Unmatured Termination Event or a Termination Event or if the failure to so segregate reasonably could be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect) for the benefit
of each Purchaser Group, out of the Purchasers’ Share of such Collections, first, an amount equal to the Aggregate Discount accrued through such day for each Portion of Investment and not previously set aside, second, an amount equal to the
fees set forth in each Purchaser Group Fee Letter accrued and unpaid through such day, and third, to the extent funds are available therefor, an amount equal to the aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of the Purchasers’ Share
of the Servicing Fee accrued through such day and not previously set aside, 

(ii)    subject to Section 1.4(f), if such day is not a
Termination Day, remit to the Seller, ratably, on behalf of each Purchaser Group, the remainder of the Purchasers’ Share of such Collections. Such remainder shall, to the extent representing a return on the Aggregate Investment, ratably,
according to each Purchaser’s Investment, be automatically reinvested in Pool Receivables, and in the Related Security, Collections and other proceeds with respect thereto; provided, however, that if the Purchased Interest would
exceed 100%, then the Servicer shall not reinvest, but shall set aside and hold in trust for the benefit of the Purchasers (and shall, at the request of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers), segregate
in a separate account approved by the Administrator if, at the time of such request, there exists an Unmatured Termination Event or a Termination Event or if the failure to so segregate reasonably could be expected to cause a Material Adverse
Effect) a portion of such Collections that, together with the other Collections set aside pursuant to this paragraph, shall equal the amount necessary to reduce the Purchased Interest to 100%, 

(iii)    if such day is a Termination Day, set aside, segregate and hold in trust (and
shall, at the request of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers), segregate in a separate account approved by the Administrator) for the benefit of each Purchaser Group the entire remainder of
the Purchasers’ Share of the Collections; provided, that if amounts are set aside and held in trust on any Termination Day of the type described in clause (a) of the definition of “Termination Day” and, thereafter, the conditions
set forth in Section 2 of Exhibit II are satisfied or waived by the Administrator and a Simple Majority of the Purchasers, such previously set-aside amounts shall, to the
extent representing a return on Aggregate Investment and ratably in accordance with each Purchaser’s Investment, be reinvested in accordance with clause (ii) on the day of such subsequent satisfaction or waiver of conditions, and

 (iv)    release to the Seller (subject to Section 1.4(f))
for its own account any Collections in excess of: (x) amounts required to be reinvested in accordance with clause (ii) or the proviso to clause (iii) plus (y) the amounts that are required to be set aside pursuant to
clause (i), the proviso to clause (ii) and clause (iii) plus (z) the Seller’s Share of the Servicing Fee accrued and unpaid through such day and all reasonable and appropriate out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Servicer for servicing, collecting and administering the Pool Receivables. 

  
 5 

 (c)    The Servicer shall, in accordance with
the priorities set forth in Section 1.4(d), below, deposit into each applicable Purchaser’s account (or such other account designated by such applicable Purchaser or its Purchaser Agent), on each Settlement Date,
Collections held for each Purchaser with respect to such Purchaser’s Portion(s) of Investment pursuant to clause (b)(i) or (f) plus the amount of Collections then held for such Purchaser pursuant to clauses (b)(ii) and
(iii) of Section 1.4; provided, that if Worthington or an Affiliate thereof is the Servicer, such day is not a Termination Day and the Administrator has not notified Worthington (or such Affiliate) that
such right is revoked, (or such Affiliate) Worthington may retain the portion of the Collections set aside pursuant to clause (b)(i) that represents the aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of the Purchasers’ Share of
the Servicing Fee. On or before the last day of each Yield Period with respect to any Portion of Investment, the applicable Purchaser Agent will notify the Servicer by facsimile of the amount of the Discount accrued with respect to each such Portion
of Investment during the related Yield Period then ending. 
 (d)    The Servicer shall
distribute the amounts described (and at the times set forth) in Section 1.4(c), as follows: 

(i)    if such distribution occurs on a day that is not a Termination Day and the Purchased
Interest does not exceed 100%, first to each Purchaser Agent ratably according to the Discount accrued during such Yield Period (for the benefit of the relevant Purchasers within such Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group) in payment in full of all
accrued Discount and fees (other than Servicing Fees) with respect to each Portion of Investment maintained by such Purchasers; it being understood that each Purchaser Agent shall distribute such amounts to the Purchasers within its Purchaser Group
ratably according to Discount, and second, if the Servicer has set aside amounts in respect of the Servicing Fee pursuant to clause (b)(i) and has not retained such amounts pursuant to clause (c), to the Servicer’s own account
(payable in arrears on each Settlement Date) in payment in full of the aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of the Purchasers’ Share of accrued Servicing Fees so set aside, and 

(ii)    if such distribution occurs on a Termination Day or on a day when the Purchased
Interest exceeds 100%, first if Worthington or an Affiliate thereof is not the Servicer, to the Servicer’s own account in payment in full of all accrued Servicing Fees, second to each Purchaser Agent ratably according to Discount
(for the benefit of the relevant Purchasers within such Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group) in payment in full of all accrued Discount with respect to each Portion of Investment funded or maintained by the Purchasers within such Purchaser
Agent’s Purchaser Group, third to each Purchaser Agent ratably according to the aggregate of the Investment of each Purchaser in each such Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group (for the benefit of the relevant Purchasers within such
Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group) in payment in full of each Purchaser’s Investment (or, if such day is not a Termination Day, the amount 

  
 6 

 
necessary to reduce the Purchased Interest to 100%); it being understood that each Purchaser Agent shall distribute the amounts described in the first and second clauses of this
Section 1.4(d)(ii) to the Purchasers within its Purchaser Group ratably according to Discount and Investment, respectively, fourth, if the Aggregate Investment and accrued Aggregate Discount with respect to each
Portion of Investment for all Purchaser Groups have been reduced to zero, and all accrued Servicing Fees payable to the Servicer (if other than Worthington or an Affiliate thereof) have been paid in full, to each Purchaser Group ratably (for the
benefit of the Purchasers within such Purchaser Group) in accordance with its Ratable Share, the Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person in payment in full of any other amounts owed thereto by the Seller or Servicer
hereunder and, fifth, to the Servicer’s own account (if the Servicer is Worthington or an Affiliate thereof) in payment in full of the Aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of all accrued Servicing Fees. 

After the Aggregate Investment, Aggregate Discount, fees payable pursuant to each Purchaser Group Fee Letter and Servicing Fees with respect
to the Purchased Interest, and any other amounts payable by the Seller and the Servicer to each Purchaser Group, the Administrator or any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person hereunder, have been paid in full, all additional Collections with
respect to the Purchased Interest shall be paid to the Seller for its own account. 

(e)    For the purposes of this Section 1.4: 

(i)    if on any day the Outstanding Balance of any Pool Receivable is reduced or adjusted
as a result of any defective, rejected, returned, repossessed or foreclosed goods or services, or any revision, cancellation, allowance, discount or other adjustment made by the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller, or the Servicer or any Affiliate
of the Servicer, or any setoff or dispute between the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller, or the Servicer or any Affiliate of the Servicer and an Obligor, the Seller shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Pool
Receivable in the amount of such reduction or adjustment; 
 (ii)    if on any day any of
the representations or warranties in Section 1(g) or (n) of Exhibit III is not true with respect to any Pool Receivable, the Seller shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Pool
Receivable in full; 
 (iii)    except as provided in clause (i) or
(ii), or as otherwise required by applicable law or the relevant Contract, all Collections received from an Obligor of any Receivable shall be applied to the Receivables of such Obligor in the order of the age of such Receivables, starting
with the oldest such Receivable, unless such Obligor designates in writing its payment for application to specific Receivables; and 

(iv)    if and to the extent the Administrator, any Purchaser Agent or any Purchaser shall
be required for any reason to pay over to an Obligor (or any trustee, receiver, custodian or similar official in any Insolvency Proceeding) any 

  
 7 

 
amount received by it hereunder, such amount shall be deemed not to have been so received by such Person but rather to have been retained by the Seller and, accordingly, such Person shall have a
claim against the Seller for such amount, payable when and to the extent that any distribution from or on behalf of such Obligor is made in respect thereof. 

(f)    If at any time the Seller shall wish to cause the reduction of Aggregate Investment
(but not to commence the liquidation, or reduction to zero, of the entire Aggregate Investment), the Seller may do so as follows: 

(i)    the Seller shall give the Administrator, each Purchaser Agent and the Servicer
(A) at least two Business Days’ prior written notice thereof for any reduction of Aggregate Investment less than or equal to $10,000,000 and (B) at least ten Business Days’ prior written notice thereof for any reduction of
Aggregate Investment greater than $10,000,000 (in each case such notice shall include the amount of such proposed reduction and the proposed date on which such reduction will commence); 

(ii)    on the proposed date of commencement of such reduction and on each day thereafter,
the Servicer shall cause Collections not to be reinvested until the amount thereof not so reinvested shall equal the desired amount of reduction; and 

(iii)    the Servicer shall hold such Collections in trust for the benefit of each
Purchaser ratably according to its Investment, for payment to each such Purchaser (or its related Purchaser Agent for the benefit of such Purchaser) on the (i) next Settlement Date with respect to any Portions of Investment maintained by such
Purchaser immediately following the related current Yield Period or (ii) such other date approved by the Administrator with at least five Business Days prior written notice to the Administrator of such payment, and the Aggregate Investment
(together with the Investment of any related Purchaser) shall be deemed reduced in the amount to be paid to such Purchaser (or its related Purchaser Agent for the benefit of such Purchaser) only when in fact finally so paid; 

provided, that: 

(A)    the amount of any such reduction shall be not less than $1,000,000 for each
Purchaser Group and shall be an integral multiple of $500,000, and the entire Aggregate Investment after giving effect to such reduction shall be not less than $50,000,000 and shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 (unless the Aggregate
Investment shall have been reduced to zero); and 
 (B)    with respect to any Portion of
Investment, the Seller shall choose a reduction amount, and the date of commencement thereof, so that to the extent practicable such reduction shall commence and conclude in the same Yield Period. 

  
 8 

 Section 1.5.    Fees. The Seller shall pay
to each Purchaser Agent for the benefit of the related Purchasers certain fees in the amounts and on the dates set forth in letters, dated the date hereof, each such letter (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, a
“Purchaser Group Fee Letter”) in each case among the Seller, the Servicer, the Administrator and the related Purchaser Agent. 

Section 1.6.    Payments and Computations, Etc. 

(a)    All amounts to be paid or deposited by the Seller or the Servicer hereunder shall be
made without reduction for offset or counterclaim and shall be paid or deposited no later than noon (New York City time) on the day when due in same day funds to the applicable Purchaser’s account (as such account is identified in the related
Purchaser Group Fee Letter). All amounts received after noon (New York City time) will be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. 

(b)    The Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall, to the extent permitted by
law, pay interest on any amount not paid or deposited by the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, when due hereunder, at an interest rate equal to the Base Rate, payable on demand. 

(c)    All computations of interest under clause (b) and all computations of
Discount, fees and other amounts hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 (or 365 or 366, as applicable, with respect to Discount or other amounts calculated by reference to the Base Rate) days for the actual number of days elapsed.
Whenever any payment or deposit to be made hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment or deposit shall be made on the next Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of such payment or
deposit. 
 (d)    Each Affected Person will notify Seller and the applicable Purchaser
Agent promptly after it has received official notice of any event which will entitle such Affected Person to such additional amounts as compensation pursuant to this Section 1.7. Such additional amounts shall accrue from
the date as to which such Affected Person becomes subject to such additional costs as a result of such event (or if such notice of such event is not given to Seller by such Affected Person within 90 days after such Affected Person received such
official notice of such event, from the date which is 90 days prior to the date such notice is given to Seller by such Affected Person). 

Section 1.7.    Increased Costs. 

(a)    If any Purchaser Agent, Purchaser, Liquidity Provider, the Administrator or any
other Program Support Provider or any of their respective Affiliates (each an “Affected Person”) reasonably determines that the existence of or compliance with: (i) any law or regulation or any change therein or in the
interpretation or application thereof, in each case adopted, issued or occurring after the date hereof, or (ii) any request, guideline or directive from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law)
issued or occurring after the date of this Agreement, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such 

  
 9 

 
Affected Person, and such Affected Person determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of any commitment to make purchases of (or otherwise to maintain
the investment in) Pool Receivables related to this Agreement or any related liquidity facility, credit enhancement facility or other commitments of the same type, then, upon demand by such Affected Person (with a copy to the Administrator), the
Seller shall promptly pay to the Administrator, for the account of such Affected Person, from time to time as specified by such Affected Person, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Person in the light of such circumstances, to
the extent that such Affected Person reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable to the existence of any of such commitments. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Seller and the Administrator by such Affected Person
shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. 
 (b)    If,
due to either: (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the
force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Affected Person of agreeing to purchase or purchasing, or maintaining the ownership of, the Purchased Interest or any portion thereof in respect of which Discount is computed by reference
to the Euro-Rate or LMIR, then, upon demand by such Affected Person, the Seller shall promptly pay to such Affected Person, from time to time as specified by such Affected Person, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Person for
such increased costs. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Seller and the Administrator by such Affected Person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. 

(c)    If such increased costs affect the related Affected Person’s portfolio of
financing transactions, such Affected Person shall use reasonable averaging and attribution methods to allocate such increased costs to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 

Section 1.8.    Requirements of Law. 

If any Affected Person reasonably determines that the existence of or compliance with: (a) any law or
regulation or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, in each case adopted, issued or occurring after the date hereof, or (b) any request, guideline or directive from any central bank or other Governmental Authority
(whether or not having the force of law) issued or occurring after the date of this Agreement: 

(i)    does or shall subject such Affected Person to any tax of any kind whatsoever with
respect to this Agreement, any increase in the Purchased Interest or any portion thereof or in the amount of such Person’s Investment relating thereto, or does or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to such Affected Person on account
of Collections, Discount or any other amounts payable hereunder (excluding taxes imposed on the overall pre-tax net income of such Affected Person, and franchise taxes imposed on such Affected Person, by the
jurisdiction under the laws of which such Affected Person is organized or a political subdivision thereof), 

  
 10 

 (ii)    does or shall impose, modify or hold
applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, purchases, advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition
of funds by, any office of such Affected Person that are not otherwise included in the determination of the Euro-Rate or LMIR or the Base Rate hereunder, or 

(iii)    does or shall impose on such Affected Person any other condition, 

and the result of any of the foregoing is: (A) to increase the cost to such Affected Person of acting as Administrator or as a Purchaser
Agent, or of agreeing to purchase or purchasing or maintaining the ownership of undivided percentage ownership interests with regard to the Purchased Interest (or interests therein) or any Portion of Investment, or (B) to reduce any amount
receivable hereunder (whether directly or indirectly), then, in any such case, upon demand by such Affected Person, the Seller shall promptly pay to such Affected Person additional amounts necessary to compensate such Affected Person for such
additional cost or reduced amount receivable. All such amounts shall be payable as incurred. A certificate from such Affected Person to the Seller and the Administrator certifying, in reasonably specific detail, the basis for, calculation of, and
amount of such additional costs or reduced amount receivable shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error; provided, however, that no Affected Person shall be required to disclose any confidential or tax
planning information in any such certificate. 
 Section 1.9.    Inability to Determine
Euro-Rate or LMIR. (a) If the Administrator (or any Purchaser Agent) determines before the first day of any Yield Period (or solely with respect to LMIR, on any day) (which determination shall be final and conclusive) that, by reason
of circumstances affecting the interbank eurodollar market generally, deposits in dollars (in the relevant amounts for such Yield Period) are not being offered to banks in the interbank eurodollar market for such Yield Period, or adequate means do
not exist for ascertaining the Euro-Rate or LMIR for such Yield Period, then the Administrator shall give written notice thereof to the Seller. Thereafter, until the Administrator or such Purchaser Agent notifies the Seller that the circumstances
giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, (a) no Portion of Investment shall be funded at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate or LMIR and (b) the Discount for any outstanding Portions of Investment then funded at
the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate or LMIR shall, on the last day of the then current Yield Period (or solely with respect to LMIR, immediately), be converted to the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Base Rate. 

(b)    If, on or before the first day of any Yield Period (or solely with respect to LMIR,
on any day), the Administrator shall have been notified by any Purchaser, Purchaser Agent or Liquidity Provider that, such Person has determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive) that, any enactment, promulgation or adoption of or
any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by a governmental authority, central bank or 

  
 11 

 
comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by such Person with any guideline, request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any
such authority, central bank or comparable agency shall make it unlawful or impossible for such Person to fund or maintain any Portion of Investment at the Yield Rate and based upon the Euro-Rate or LMIR, the Administrator shall notify the Seller
thereof in writing. Upon receipt of such notice, until the Administrator notifies the Seller that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer apply, (a) no Portion of Investment shall be funded at the Yield Rate determined by
reference to the Euro-Rate or LMIR and (b) the Discount for any outstanding Portions of Investment then funded at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate or LMIR shall be converted to the Yield Rate determined by reference to
the Base Rate either (i) on the last day of the then current Yield Period (or solely with respect to LMIR, immediately) if such Person may lawfully continue to maintain such Portion of Investment at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the
Euro-Rate or LMIR to such day, or (ii) immediately, if such Person may not lawfully continue to maintain such Portion of Investment at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate or LMIR to such day. 

Section 1.10.    [Reserved].

ARTICLE II 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS; 

TERMINATION EVENTS 

Section 2.1.    Representations and Warranties; Covenants. Each of the Seller,
Worthington and the Servicer hereby makes the representations and warranties, and hereby agrees to perform and observe the covenants, applicable to it set forth in Exhibits III and IV, respectively. 

Section 2.2.    Termination Events. If any of the Termination Events set forth in
Exhibit V shall occur, the Administrator may (with the consent of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers) or shall (at the direction of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers), by notice to the Seller, declare the Facility Termination Date to have
occurred (in which case the Facility Termination Date shall be deemed to have occurred); provided, that automatically upon the occurrence of any event (without any requirement for the passage of time or the giving of notice) described in
paragraph (f) of Exhibit V, the Facility Termination Date shall occur. Upon any such declaration, occurrence or deemed occurrence of the Facility Termination Date, the Administrator, each Purchaser Agent and each Purchaser shall
have, in addition to the rights and remedies that they may have under this Agreement, all other rights and remedies provided after default under the New York UCC and under other applicable law, which rights and remedies shall be cumulative. 

ARTICLE III 

INDEMNIFICATION 

Section 3.1.    Indemnities by the Seller. Without limiting any other rights that the any
Purchaser Agent, Purchaser, Liquidity Provider, the Administrator or any Program Support 

  
 12 

 
Provider or any of their respective Affiliates, employees, officers, directors, agents, counsel, successors, transferees or assigns (each, an “Indemnified Party”) may have
hereunder or under applicable law, the Seller hereby agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Party from and against any and all claims, damages, expenses, costs, losses and liabilities (including Attorney Costs) (all of the foregoing being collectively
referred to as “Indemnified Amounts”) arising out of or resulting from this Agreement (whether directly or indirectly), the use of proceeds of purchases or reinvestments, the ownership of the Purchased Interest, or any interest
therein, or in respect of any Receivable, Related Security or Contract, excluding, however: (a) Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Indemnified Party or its officers,
directors, agents or counsel, (b) recourse with respect to any Receivable to the extent that such Receivable is uncollectible on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of credit worthiness of the related Obligor, or (c) any overall
net income taxes or franchise taxes imposed on such Indemnified Party by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Indemnified Party is organized or any political subdivision thereof. Without limiting or being limited by the foregoing, and
subject to the exclusions set forth in the preceding sentence, the Seller shall pay on demand (which demand shall be accompanied by documentation of the Indemnified Amounts, in reasonable detail) to each Indemnified Party any and all amounts
necessary to indemnify such Indemnified Party from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from any of the following: 

(i)    the failure of any Receivable included in the calculation of the Net Receivables
Pool Balance as an Eligible Receivable to be an Eligible Receivable, the failure of any information contained in an Information Package to be true and correct, or the failure of any other information provided to such Indemnified Party by the Seller
or Servicer with respect to Receivables or this Agreement to be true and correct, 

(ii)    the failure of any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by the
Seller (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement to have been true and correct as of the date made or deemed made in all respects when made, 

(iii)    the failure by the Seller to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation
with respect to any Pool Receivable or the related Contract, or the failure of any Pool Receivable or the related Contract to conform to any such applicable law, rule or regulation, 

(iv)    the failure to vest in the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) a
valid and enforceable: (A) perfected undivided percentage ownership interest, to the extent of the Purchased Interest, in the Receivables in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool and the other Pool Assets, or (B) first priority
perfected security interest in the Pool Assets, in each case, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, 

(v)    the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other
similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any Receivables in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool and the other Pool Assets, whether at the time of any purchase or
reinvestment or at any subsequent time, 

  
 13 

 (vi)    any dispute, claim, offset or defense
(other than discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool (including a defense based on such Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid and
binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from the sale of the goods or services related to such Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such goods or services or
relating to collection activities with respect to such Receivable, 
 (vii)    any
failure of the Seller, any Affiliate of the Seller or the Servicer to perform its duties or obligations in accordance with the provisions hereof or under the Contracts, 

(viii)    any products liability or other claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding
arising out of or in connection with merchandise, insurance or services that are the subject of any Contract, 

(ix)    the commingling of Collections at any time with other funds, 

(x)    the use of proceeds of purchases or reinvestments, or 

(xi)    any reduction in the Aggregate Investment as a result of the distribution of
Collections pursuant to Section 1.4(d), if all or a portion of such distributions shall thereafter be rescinded or otherwise must be returned for any reason. 

Section 3.2.    Indemnities by the Servicer. Without limiting any other rights that any
Indemnified Party may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts arising out of or resulting from (whether directly or indirectly): (a) the
failure of any information contained in an Information Package to be true and correct, or the failure of any other information provided to such Indemnified Party by, or on behalf of, the Servicer to be true and correct, (b) the failure of any
representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by the Servicer (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party to have been true and correct as of the date made
or deemed made in all respects when made, (c) the failure by the Servicer to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Pool Receivable or the related Contract, (d) any dispute, claim, offset or defense of the
Obligor to the payment of any Receivable in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool resulting from or related to the collection activities with respect to such Receivable, (e) any failure of the Servicer to perform its duties or
obligations in accordance with the provisions hereof or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, (f) the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC
of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any Receivables in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool and the other Pool Assets, whether at the time of any purchase or reinvestment or at any subsequent time, or
(g) any commingling by the Servicer of Collections at any time with other funds. 

  
 14 

 ARTICLE IV 

ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTIONS 

Section 4.1.    Appointment of the Servicer. 

(a)    The servicing, administering and collection of the Pool Receivables shall be
conducted by the Person so designated from time to time as the Servicer in accordance with this Section. Until the Administrator gives notice to Worthington (in accordance with this Section 4.1) of the designation of a new
Servicer, Worthington is hereby designated as, and hereby agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof. Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Administrator may (with the consent of the Majority
Purchasers) or shall (at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) designate as Servicer any Person (including itself) to succeed Worthington or any successor Servicer, on the condition in each case that any such Person so designated shall agree to
perform the duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof. 

(b)    Upon the designation of a successor Servicer as set forth in clause (a),
Worthington agrees that it will terminate its activities as Servicer hereunder in a manner that the Administrator determines will facilitate the transition of the performance of such activities to the new Servicer, and Worthington shall cooperate
with and assist such new Servicer. Such cooperation shall include access to and transfer of related records (including all Contracts) and use by the new Servicer of all licenses, hardware or software necessary or desirable to collect the Pool
Receivables and the Related Security. 
 (c)    Worthington acknowledges that, in making
their decision to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Administrator and each Purchaser Group have relied on Worthington’s agreement to act as Servicer hereunder. Accordingly, Worthington agrees that it will not voluntarily resign as
Servicer without the consent of the Majority Purchasers. 
 (d)    The Servicer may
delegate its duties and obligations hereunder to any subservicer (each a “Sub-Servicer”); provided, that, in each such delegation: (i) such
Sub-Servicer shall agree in writing to perform the duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof, (ii) the Servicer shall remain primarily liable for the performance of the duties
and obligations so delegated, (iii) the Seller, the Administrator and each Purchaser Group shall have the right to look solely to the Servicer for performance, and (iv) the terms of any agreement with any
Sub-Servicer shall provide that the Administrator may terminate such agreement upon the termination of the Servicer hereunder by giving notice of its desire to terminate such agreement to the Servicer (and the
Servicer shall provide appropriate notice to each such Sub-Servicer); provided, however, that if any such delegation is to any Person other than an Originator or an Affiliate thereof, the
Administrator and the Majority Purchasers shall have consented in writing in advance to such delegation. 

  
 15 

 Section 4.2.    Duties of the Servicer. 

(a)    The Servicer shall take or cause to be taken all such action as may be necessary or
advisable to administer and collect each Pool Receivable from time to time, all in accordance with this Agreement and all applicable laws, rules and regulations, with reasonable care and diligence, and in accordance with the Credit and Collection
Policies. The Servicer shall set aside, for the account of each Purchaser Group, the amount of the Collections to which each such Purchaser Group is entitled in accordance with Article I. The Servicer may, in accordance with the applicable
Credit and Collection Policy, extend the maturity of any Pool Receivable (but not beyond 30 days) and extend the maturity or adjust the Outstanding Balance of any Defaulted Receivable as the Servicer may determine to be appropriate to maximize
Collections thereof; provided, however, that: (i) such extension shall not change the number of days such Pool Receivable has remained unpaid from the date of the original due date related to such Pool Receivable, (ii) such
extension or adjustment shall not alter the status of such Pool Receivable as a Delinquent Receivable or a Defaulted Receivable or limit the rights of the Administrator or any Purchaser Group under this Agreement and (iii) if a Termination
Event has occurred and Worthington or an Affiliate thereof is serving as the Servicer, Worthington or such Affiliate may make such extension or adjustment only upon the prior approval of the Administrator (with the consent of the Majority
Purchasers). The Seller shall deliver to the Servicer and the Servicer shall hold for the benefit of the Seller and the Administrator (individually and for the benefit of each Purchaser Group), in accordance with their respective interests, all
records and documents (including computer tapes or disks) with respect to each Pool Receivable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Administrator may direct the Servicer (whether the Servicer is Worthington or any other
Person) to commence or settle any legal action to enforce collection of any Pool Receivable or to foreclose upon or repossess any Related Security; provided, however, that no such direction may be given unless either: (A) a
Termination Event has occurred or (B) the Administrator believes in good faith that failure to commence, settle or effect such legal action, foreclosure or repossession could adversely affect Receivables constituting a material portion of the
Pool Receivables. 
 (b)    The Servicer shall, as soon as practicable following actual
receipt of collected funds, turn over to the Seller the collections of any indebtedness that is not a Pool Receivable, less, if Worthington or an Affiliate thereof is not the Servicer, all reasonable and appropriate out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such Servicer of servicing, collecting and administering such collections. The Servicer, if other than Worthington or an Affiliate thereof, shall, as soon as practicable
upon demand, deliver to the Seller all records in its possession that evidence or relate to any indebtedness that is not a Pool Receivable, and copies of records in its possession that evidence or relate to any indebtedness that is a Pool
Receivable. 
 (c)    The Servicer’s obligations hereunder shall terminate on the
later of: (i) the Facility Termination Date and (ii) the date on which all amounts required to be paid to the Purchaser Agents, each Purchaser, the Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person hereunder shall have been
paid in full. 

  
 16 

 After such termination, if Worthington or an Affiliate thereof was not the
Servicer on the date of such termination, the Servicer shall promptly deliver to the Seller all books, records and related materials that the Seller previously provided to the Servicer, or that have been obtained by the Servicer, in connection with
this Agreement. 
 Section 4.3.    Lock-Box Account
Arrangements. Within 30 days from the initial purchase hereunder, the Seller shall have entered into Lock-Box Agreements with all of the Lock-Box Banks and
delivered original counterparts of each to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent. Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Administrator may (with the consent of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers) or shall (upon the direction of a
Simple Majority of the Purchasers) at any time thereafter give notice to each Lock-Box Bank that the Administrator is exercising its rights under the Lock-Box Agreements
to do any or all of the following: (a) to have the exclusive ownership and control of the Lock-Box Accounts transferred to the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) and to exercise exclusive
dominion and control over the funds deposited therein, (b) to have the proceeds that are sent to the respective Lock-Box Accounts redirected pursuant to the Administrator’s instructions rather than
deposited in the applicable Lock-Box Account, and (c) to take any or all other actions permitted under the applicable Lock-Box Agreement. The Seller hereby agrees
that if the Administrator at any time takes any action set forth in the preceding sentence, the Administrator shall have exclusive control (for the benefit of the Purchasers) of the proceeds (including Collections) of all Pool Receivables and the
Seller hereby further agrees to take any other action that the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may reasonably request to transfer such control. Any proceeds of Pool Receivables received by the Seller or the Servicer thereafter shall be sent
immediately to the Administrator. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that if at any time the Administrator takes control of any Lock-Box Account, the Administrator shall not have any rights to the funds
therein in excess of the unpaid amounts due to the Administrator, the Purchaser Groups, any Indemnified Party or any other Person hereunder, and the Administrator shall distribute or cause to be distributed such funds in accordance with
Section 4.2(b) and Article I (in each case as if such funds were held by the Servicer thereunder). 

Section 4.4.    Enforcement Rights. 

(a)    At any time following the occurrence of a Termination Event: 

(i)    the Administrator may (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority
Purchasers) direct the Obligors that payment of all amounts payable under any Pool Receivable is to be made directly to the Administrator or its designee, 

(ii)    the Administrator may (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority
Purchasers) instruct the Seller or the Servicer to give notice of the Purchaser Groups’ interest in Pool Receivables to each Obligor, which notice shall direct that payments be made directly to the Administrator or its designee (on behalf of
such Purchaser Groups), and the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall give such notice at the expense of the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be; provided, that if the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, fails to so
notify each Obligor, the Administrator (at the Seller’s or the Servicer’s, as the case may be, expense) may so notify the Obligors, and 

  
 17 

 (iii)    the Administrator may (with the
consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) request the Servicer to, and upon such request the Servicer shall: (A) assemble all of the records necessary or desirable to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security, and
transfer or license to a successor Servicer the use of all software necessary or desirable to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security, and make the same available to the Administrator or its designee (for the benefit of the Purchasers)
at a place selected by the Administrator, and (B) segregate all cash, checks and other instruments received by it from time to time constituting Collections in a manner acceptable to the Administrator and, promptly upon receipt, remit all such
cash, checks and instruments, duly endorsed or with duly executed instruments of transfer, to the Administrator or its designee. 

(b)    The Seller hereby authorizes the Administrator (on behalf of each Purchaser Group),
and irrevocably appoints the Administrator as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and with full authority in the place and stead of the Seller, which
appointment is coupled with an interest, to take any and all steps in the name of the Seller and on behalf of the Seller necessary or desirable, in the determination of the Administrator, after the occurrence of a Termination Event, to collect any
and all amounts or portions thereof due under any and all Pool Assets, including endorsing the name of the Seller on checks and other instruments representing Collections and enforcing such Pool Assets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this subsection, none of the powers conferred upon such attorney-in-fact pursuant to the preceding sentence shall subject such attorney-in-fact to any liability if any action taken by it shall prove to be inadequate or invalid, nor shall they confer any obligations upon such attorney-in-fact in any manner whatsoever. 

Section 4.5.    Responsibilities of the Seller. 

(a)    Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Seller shall: (i) perform
all of its obligations, if any, under the Contracts related to the Pool Receivables to the same extent as if interests in such Pool Receivables had not been transferred hereunder, and the exercise by the Administrator, the Purchaser Agents or the
Purchasers of their respective rights hereunder shall not relieve the Seller from such obligations, and (ii) pay when due any taxes, including any sales taxes payable in connection with the Pool Receivables and their creation and satisfaction.
The Administrator, the Purchaser Agents or any of the Purchasers shall not have any obligation or liability with respect to any Pool Asset, nor shall any of them be obligated to perform any of the obligations of the Seller, Servicer, Worthington or
the Originators thereunder. 
 (b)    Worthington hereby irrevocably agrees that if at
any time it shall cease to be the Servicer hereunder, it shall act (if the then-current Servicer so requests) as the data-processing agent of the Servicer and, in such capacity, Worthington shall conduct the data-processing functions of the
administration of the Receivables and the Collections thereon in substantially the same way that Worthington conducted such data-processing functions while it acted as the Servicer. 

  
 18 

 Section 4.6.    Servicing
Fee. (a) Subject to clause (b), the Servicer shall be paid a fee (the “Servicing Fee”) equal to 1.00% per annum of the daily average aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Pool Receivables.
The Aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of such fee shall be paid through the distributions contemplated by Section 1.4(d), and the Seller’s Share of the Purchasers’ Share of such fee shall be
paid by the Seller. 
 (b)    If the Servicer ceases to be Worthington or an Affiliate
thereof, the servicing fee shall be the greater of: (i) the amount calculated pursuant to clause (a), and (ii) an alternative amount specified by the successor Servicer not to exceed 110% of the aggregate reasonable costs and
expenses incurred by such successor Servicer in connection with the performance of its obligations as Servicer. 
 ARTICLE V 

THE AGENTS 

Section 5.1.    Appointment and Authorization. (a) Each Purchaser and Purchaser
Agent hereby irrevocably designates and appoints PNC as the “Administrator” hereunder and authorizes the Administrator to take such actions and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrator hereby and to exercise such other
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrator shall hold, in its name, for the benefit of each Purchaser, ratably, the Purchased Interest. The Administrator shall not have any duties other than those expressly set forth herein or
any fiduciary relationship with any Purchaser or Purchaser Agent, and no implied obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement, or otherwise exist, against the Administrator. The Administrator does not assume, nor shall it be deemed
to have assumed, any obligation to, or relationship of trust or agency with, the Seller or Servicer. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to the contrary, in no event shall the Administrator ever be
required to take any action which exposes the Administrator to personal liability or which is contrary to the provision of any Transaction Document or applicable law. 

(b)    Each Purchaser hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the respective institution
identified as the Purchaser Agent for such Purchaser’s Purchaser Group on the signature pages hereto or in the Assumption Agreement or Transfer Supplement pursuant to which such Purchaser becomes a party hereto, and each authorizes such
Purchaser Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Purchaser Agent by the terms of this Agreement, if any, together with
such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Purchaser Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any
fiduciary relationship with any Purchaser or other Purchaser Agent or the Administrator, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of such Purchaser Agent shall be read into this Agreement
or otherwise exist against such Purchaser Agent. 

  
 19 

 (c)    Except as otherwise specifically
provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Article V are solely for the benefit of the Purchaser Agents, the Administrator and the Purchasers, and none of the Seller or Servicer shall have any rights as a
third-party beneficiary or otherwise under any of the provisions of this Article V, except that this Article V shall not affect any obligations which any Purchaser Agent,
the Administrator or any Purchaser may have to the Seller or the Servicer under the other provisions of this Agreement. Furthermore, no Purchaser shall have any rights as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise under any of the provisions hereof in
respect of a Purchaser Agent which is not the Purchaser Agent for such Purchaser. 

(d)    In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Administrator shall act solely
as the agent of the Purchasers and the Purchaser Agents and does not assume nor shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the Seller or Servicer or any of their successors and assigns. In
performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Purchaser Agent shall act solely as the agent of its respective Purchaser and does not assume nor shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the
Seller, the Servicer, any other Purchaser, any other Purchaser Agent or the Administrator, or any of their respective successors and assigns. 

Section 5.2.    Delegation of Duties. The Administrator may execute any of its duties
through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrator shall not be
responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. 

Section 5.3.    Exculpatory Provisions. None of the Purchaser Agents, the Administrator
or any of their directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted (i) with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers (or in the case of any Purchaser Agent, the Purchasers within its
Purchaser Group that have a majority of the aggregate Commitment of such Purchaser Group) or (ii) in the absence of such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrator shall not be responsible to any Purchaser,
Purchaser Agent or other Person for (i) any recitals, representations, warranties or other statements made by the Seller, Servicer, or any of their Affiliates, (ii) the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or
sufficiency of any Transaction Document, (iii) any failure of the Seller, any Originator or any of their Affiliates to perform any obligation or (iv) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Exhibit II. The
Administrator shall not have any obligation to any Purchaser or Purchaser Agent to ascertain or inquire about the observance or performance of any agreement contained in any Transaction Document or to inspect the properties, books or records of the
Seller, Servicer, Originator or any of their Affiliates. 
 Section 5.4.    Reliance by
Agents. (a) Each Purchaser Agent and the Administrator shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any document or other writing or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to
have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Seller), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrator. Each Purchaser Agent and the
Administrator shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Transaction Document unless it shall first receive such 

  
 20 

 
advice or concurrence of the Majority Purchasers (or in the case of any Purchaser Agent, the Purchasers within its Purchaser Group that have a majority of the aggregate Commitment of such
Purchaser Group), and assurance of its indemnification, as it deems appropriate. 

(b)    The Administrator shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining
from acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of the Majority Purchasers or the Purchaser Agents, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all Purchasers, the Administrator and
Purchaser Agents. 
 (c)    The Purchasers within each Purchaser Group with a majority of
the Commitment of such Purchaser Group shall be entitled to request or direct the related Purchaser Agent to take action, or refrain from taking action, under this Agreement on behalf of such Purchasers. Such Purchaser Agent shall in all cases be
fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of such majority Purchasers, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of such
Purchaser Agent’s Purchasers. 
 (d)    Unless otherwise advised in writing by a
Purchaser Agent or by any Purchaser on whose behalf such Purchaser Agent is purportedly acting, each party to this Agreement may assume that (i) such Purchaser Agent is acting for the benefit of each of the Purchasers in respect of which such
Purchaser Agent is identified as being the “Purchaser Agent” in the definition of “Purchaser Agent” hereto, as well as for the benefit of each assignee or other transferee from any such Person, and (ii) each action taken by
such Purchaser Agent has been duly authorized and approved by all necessary action on the part of the Purchasers on whose behalf it is purportedly acting. Each Purchaser Agent and its Purchaser(s) shall agree amongst themselves as to the
circumstances and procedures for removal, resignation and replacement of such Purchaser Agent. 

Section 5.5.    Notice of Termination Events. Neither any Purchaser Agent nor the
Administrator shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event unless such Administrator has received notice from any Purchaser, Purchaser Agent, the Servicer or the Seller stating
that a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred hereunder and describing such Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event. In the event that the Administrator receives such a notice, it shall promptly give notice thereof to
each Purchaser Agent whereupon each such Purchaser Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to its Purchasers. In the event that a Purchaser Agent receives such a notice (other than from the Administrator), it shall promptly give notice thereof to
the Administrator. The Administrator shall take such action concerning a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event as may be directed by the Majority Purchasers unless such action otherwise requires the consent of all Purchasers), but until
the Administrator receives such directions, the Administrator may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Administrator deems advisable and in the best interests of the Purchasers and Purchaser
Agents. 

  
 21 

Section 5.6.    Non-Reliance on Administrator, Purchaser
Agents and Other Purchasers. Each Purchaser expressly acknowledges that none of the Administrator, the Purchaser Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrator, or any Purchaser Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the
Seller, Worthington, Servicer or any Originator, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrator or such Purchaser Agent, as applicable. Each Purchaser represents and warrants to the Administrator and the Purchaser
Agents that, independently and without reliance upon the Administrator, Purchaser Agents or any other Purchaser and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, it has made and will continue to make its own appraisal of and
investigation into the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Seller, Worthington, Servicer or the Originators, and the Receivables and its own decision to enter into this Agreement and
to take, or omit, action under any Transaction Document. Except for items specifically required to be delivered hereunder, the Administrator shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Purchaser Agent with any information concerning the
Seller, Worthington, Servicer or the Originators or any of their Affiliates that comes into the possession of the Administrator or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents,
attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates. 

Section 5.7.    Administrators and Affiliates. Each of the Purchasers and the
Administrator and their Affiliates may extend credit to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, debt, equity or other business with the Seller, Worthington, Servicer or any Originator or any of their Affiliates and
PNC may exercise or refrain from exercising its rights and powers as if it were not the Administrator. With respect to the acquisition of the Eligible Receivables pursuant to this Agreement, each of the Purchaser Agents and the Administrator shall
have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any Purchaser and may exercise the same as though it were not such an agent, and the terms “Purchaser” and “Purchasers” shall include each of the Purchaser Agents and the
Administrator in their individual capacities. 
 Section 5.8.    Indemnification. Each
Purchaser Group shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrator (but solely in its capacity as Administrator) and its officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (to the extent not reimbursed by the Seller, Worthington or Servicer
and without limiting the obligation of the Seller, Worthington or Servicer to do so), ratably in accordance with its Ratable Share from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, settlements, costs,
expenses and disbursements of any kind whatsoever (including in connection with any investigative or threatened proceeding, whether or not the Administrator or such Person shall be designated a party thereto) that may at any time be imposed on,
incurred by or asserted against the Administrator or such Person as a result of, or related to, any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or the execution, delivery or performance of the Transaction Documents or any other
document furnished in connection therewith (but excluding any such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, settlements, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the
Administrator or such Person as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction); provided, that in the case of each Purchaser that is a commercial paper conduit, such indemnity shall be provided solely to the extent of amounts
received by such Purchaser under this Agreement which exceed the amounts required to 

  
 22 

 
repay such Purchaser’s outstanding Notes. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.8 to the contrary, each of the Administrator, each Purchaser Agent and each
Purchaser hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, any Conduit Purchaser any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings
under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and a day after the latest maturing Note issued by such Conduit Purchaser is paid in full. 

Section 5.9.    Successor Administrator. The Administrator may, upon at least five
(5) days notice to the Seller and each Purchaser and Purchaser Agent, resign as Administrator. Such resignation shall not become effective until a successor agent is appointed by the Majority Purchasers and has accepted such appointment. Upon
such acceptance of its appointment as Administrator hereunder by a successor Administrator, such successor Administrator shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights and duties of the retiring Administrator, and the retiring Administrator
shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Transaction Documents. After any retiring Administrator’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and this Article V shall
inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrator. 
 ARTICLE VI 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 6.1.    Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or consent to any departure by the Seller or the Servicer therefrom, shall be effective unless in a writing signed by the Administrator and each of the Majority Purchasers, and, in the case of any
amendment, by the other parties thereto; and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that, if required by any Conduit
Purchaser, no such material amendment shall be effective until both Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s have notified the related Purchaser Agent in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of
any Notes; provided, further that no such amendment or waiver shall, without the consent of each affected Purchaser, (A) extend the date of any payment or deposit of Collections by the Seller or the Servicer, (B) reduce the
rate or extend the time of payment of Yield, (C) reduce any fees payable to the Administrator, any Purchaser Agent or any Purchaser pursuant to the applicable Purchaser Group Fee Letter, (D) change the amount of Investment of any
Purchaser, any Purchaser’s pro rata share of the Purchased Interest or any Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment, (E) amend, modify or waive any provision of the definition of “Majority Purchaser” or this
Section 6.1, (F) consent to or permit the assignment or transfer by the Seller of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, (G) change the definition of “Concentration Percentage,”
“Concentration Reserve,” “Concentration Reserve Percentage,” “Eligible Receivable,” “Loss Reserve,” “Loss Reserve Percentage,” “Dilution Reserve,” “Dilution Reserve Percentage,”
“Termination Event,” “Total Reserve,” “Yield Reserve,” or “Yield Reserve Percentage”, (H) amend or modify any defined term (or any defined term used directly or indirectly in such defined term) used in clauses
(A) through (G) above in a manner that would circumvent the intention of the restrictions set forth in such clauses, or (I) otherwise materially and adversely affect the rights of any such Purchaser hereunder. No failure on the part of the
Purchasers or the Administrator to exercise, and no delay in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right. 

  
 23 

 Section 6.2.    Notices, Etc. All notices
and other communications hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (which shall include facsimile communication) and be sent or delivered to each party hereto at its address set forth under its name on the signature pages hereof
(or in any Assumption Agreement pursuant to which it became a party hereto) or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. Notices and communications by facsimile shall be effective
when sent (and shall be followed by hard copy sent by first class mail), and notices and communications sent by other means shall be effective when received. 

Section 6.3.    Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments. 

(a)    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Seller may not assign or transfer any of its rights or delegate any of its duties hereunder or under any Transaction Document
without the prior consent of the Administrator, the Purchaser Agents and the Purchasers. 

(b)    Participations. Any Purchaser may sell to one or more Persons (each a
“Participant”) participating interests in the interests of such Purchaser hereunder; provided, however, that no Purchaser shall grant any participation under which the Participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to or
waiver of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. Such Purchaser shall remain solely responsible for performing its obligations hereunder, and the Seller, each Purchaser Agent and the Administrator shall continue to deal solely and
directly with such Purchaser in connection with such Purchaser’s rights and obligations hereunder. A Purchaser shall not agree with a Participant to restrict such Purchaser’s right to agree to any amendment hereto, except amendments that
require the consent of all Purchasers. 
 (c)    Assignments by Certain Related
Committed Purchasers. Any Related Committed Purchaser may assign to one or more Persons (each a “Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser”), reasonably acceptable to the related Purchaser Agent in its sole discretion, any
portion of its Commitment pursuant to a supplement hereto, substantially in the form of Annex D with any changes as have been approved by the parties thereto (a “Transfer Supplement”), executed by each such Purchasing Related
Committed Purchaser, such selling Related Committed Purchaser, such related Purchaser Agent. Any such assignment by Related Committed Purchaser cannot be for an amount less than $10,000,000. Upon (i) the execution of the Transfer Supplement,
(ii) delivery of an executed copy thereof to the Seller, such related Purchaser Agent and the Administrator and (iii) payment by the Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser to the selling Related Committed Purchaser of the agreed purchase
price, such selling Related Committed Purchaser shall be released from its obligations hereunder to the extent of such assignment and such Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser shall for all purposes be a Related Committed Purchaser party hereto
and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Related Committed Purchaser hereunder to the same extent as if it were an original 

  
 24 

 
party hereto. The amount of the Commitment of the selling Related Committed Purchaser allocable to such Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser shall be equal to the amount of the Commitment of
the selling Related Committed Purchaser transferred regardless of the purchase price paid therefor. The Transfer Supplement shall be an amendment hereof only to the extent necessary to reflect the addition of such Purchasing Related Committed
Purchaser as a “Related Committed Purchaser” and any resulting adjustment of the selling Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment. 

(d)    Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser. If any Related Committed
Purchaser (a “Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser”) shall (i) petition the Seller for any amounts under Section 1.7 or 1.8 or (ii) cease to have a short-term debt rating of “A-1” by Standard & Poor’s and “P-1” by Moody’s (if such a rating is required by the related Purchaser’s securitization program),
the related Purchaser Agent or the Administrator may designate a replacement financial institution (a “Replacement Related Committed Purchaser”), to which such Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser shall, subject to its receipt of
an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding principal balance of its Investment and accrued and unpaid Discount thereon (and, if applicable, its receipt (unless a later date for the remittance thereof shall be agreed upon by the Seller and such
Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser) of all amounts claimed under Section 1.7 and/or 1.8) promptly assign all of its rights, obligations and Commitment hereunder, together with all of its right, title and
interest in, to and under the Purchased Interest allocable to it, to the Replacement Related Committed Purchaser in accordance with Section 6.3(c), above. Once such assignment becomes effective, the Replacement Related
Committed Purchaser shall be deemed to be a “Related Committed Purchaser” for all purposes hereof and such Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser shall cease to be “Related Committed Purchaser” for all purposes hereof and shall
have no further rights or obligations hereunder. 
 (e)    Assignment by Conduit
Purchasers. Each party hereto agrees and consents (i) to any Conduit Purchaser’s assignment, participation, grant of security interests in or other transfers of any portion of, or any of its beneficial interest in, the Purchased
Interest (or portion thereof), including without limitation to any collateral agent in connection with its commercial paper program and (ii) to the complete assignment by any Conduit Purchaser of all of its rights and obligations hereunder to
any other Person, and upon such assignment such Conduit Purchaser shall be released from all obligations and duties, if any, hereunder; provided, however, that such Conduit Purchaser may not, without the prior consent of its Related Committed
Purchasers, make any such transfer of its rights hereunder unless the assignee (i) is principally engaged in the purchase of assets similar to the assets being purchased hereunder, (ii) has as its Purchaser Agent the Purchaser Agent of the
assigning Conduit Purchaser and (iii) issues commercial paper or other Notes with credit ratings substantially comparable to the ratings of the assigning Conduit Purchaser. Any assigning Conduit Purchaser shall deliver to any assignee a
supplement hereto, substantially in the form of Annex D with any changes as have been approved by the parties thereto (also, a “Transfer Supplement”), duly executed by such Conduit Purchaser, assigning any portion of its
interest in the Purchased Interest to its assignee. Such Conduit Purchaser shall promptly (i) notify each of the other parties hereto of such assignment and (ii) take all further 

  
 25 

 
action that the assignee reasonably requests in order to evidence the assignee’s right, title and interest in such interest in the Purchased Interest and to enable the assignee to exercise
or enforce any rights of such Conduit Purchaser hereunder. Upon the assignment of any portion of its interest in the Purchased Interest, the assignee shall have all of the rights hereunder with respect to such interest (except that the Discount
therefor shall thereafter accrue at the rate, determined with respect to the assigning Conduit Purchaser unless the Seller, the related Purchaser Agent and the assignee shall have agreed upon a different Discount). 

(f)    Opinions of Counsel. If required by the Administrator or the applicable
Purchaser Agent or to maintain the ratings of any Conduit Purchaser, each Transfer Supplement must be accompanied by an opinion of counsel of the assignee as to such matters as the Administrator or such Purchaser Agent may reasonably request. 

Section 6.4.    Costs, Expenses and Taxes. In addition to the rights of indemnification
granted under Section 3.1, the Seller agrees to pay on demand (which demand shall be accompanied by documentation thereof in reasonable detail) all reasonable costs and expenses in connection with the preparation,
execution, delivery and administration (including periodic internal audits by the Administrator of Pool Receivables) of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the other documents and agreements to be delivered hereunder (and all
reasonable costs and expenses in connection with any amendment, waiver or modification of any thereof), including: (i) Attorney Costs for the Administrator, each Purchaser Group and their respective Affiliates and agents with respect thereto
and with respect to advising the Administrator, each Purchaser Group and their respective Affiliates and agents as to their rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and (ii) all reasonable costs and expenses
(including Attorney Costs), if any, of the Administrator, each Purchaser Group and their respective Affiliates and agents in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. 

(a)    In addition, the Seller shall pay on demand any and all stamp and other taxes and
fees payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing and recording of this Agreement or the other documents or agreements to be delivered hereunder, and agrees to save each Indemnified Party harmless from and against any liabilities with
respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omission to pay such taxes and fees. 

Section 6.5.    No Proceedings; Limitation on Payments. Each of the Seller, Worthington,
the Servicer, the Administrator, the Purchaser Agents, the Purchasers, each assignee of the Purchased Interest or any interest therein, and each Person that enters into a commitment to purchase the Purchased Interest or interests therein, hereby
covenants and agrees that it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, any Conduit Purchaser any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal
or state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the latest maturing Note issued by such Conduit Purchaser is paid in full. The provision of this Section 6.5 shall survive any termination of this
Agreement. 

  
 26 

 Section 6.6.    GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION.

 (a)    THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE
INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) EXCEPT TO THE
EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR PERFECTION OF A SECURITY INTEREST OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER, IN RESPECT OF ANY PARTICULAR COLLATERAL ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

(b)    ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN
THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK; AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE
GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE
OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH SERVICE MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK LAW. 

Section 6.7.    Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

Section 6.8.    Survival of Termination. The provisions of Sections 1.7,
1.8, 3.1, 3.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.9 and 6.14 shall survive any termination of this Agreement. 

Section 6.9.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES THEIR RESPECTIVE
RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES
AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS OR OTHERWISE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE
FOREGOING, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING THAT SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR
ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT. 

  
 27 

 Section 6.10.    Sharing of Recoveries. Each
Purchaser agrees that if it receives any recovery, through set-off, judicial action or otherwise, on any amount payable or recoverable hereunder in a greater proportion than should have been received hereunder
or otherwise inconsistent with the provisions hereof, then the recipient of such recovery shall purchase for cash an interest in amounts owing to the other Purchasers (as return of Investment or otherwise), without representation or warranty except
for the representation and warranty that such interest is being sold by each such other Purchaser free and clear of any Adverse Claim created or granted by such other Purchaser, in the amount necessary to create proportional participation by the
Purchaser in such recovery. If all or any portion of such amount is thereafter recovered from the recipient, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. 

Section 6.11.    Right of Setoff. During a Termination Event, each Purchaser is hereby
authorized (in addition to any other rights it may have) to setoff, appropriate and apply (without presentment, demand, protest or other notice which are hereby expressly waived) any deposits and any other indebtedness held or owing by such
Purchaser (including by any branches or agencies of such Purchaser) to, or for the account of, the Seller against amounts owing by the Seller hereunder (even if contingent or unmatured). 

Section 6.12.    Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents
embody the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof. 

Section 6.13.    Headings. The captions and headings of this Agreement and any Exhibit,
Schedule or Annex hereto are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation hereof or thereof. 

Section 6.14.    Purchaser Groups’ Liabilities. The
obligations of each Purchaser Agent and each Purchaser under the Transaction Documents are solely the corporate obligations of such Person. Except with respect to any claim arising out of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the
Administrator, any Purchaser Agent or any Purchaser, no claim may be made by the Seller or the Servicer or any other Person against the Administrator, any Purchaser Agent or any Purchaser or their respective Affiliates, directors, officers,
employees, attorneys or agents for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by the Agreement
or any other Transaction Document, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith; and each of Seller and Servicer hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and
whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor. 

  
 28 

 Section 6.15.    Excluded Obligors. 

(a)    So long as each of the Exclusion Conditions shall be satisfied, the Servicer may, from time to time
and at its sole discretion, request that an Obligor be designated as an Excluded Obligor by delivering an Excluded Obligor Request to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent, which Excluded Obligor Request shall (i) list the name of such
proposed Excluded Obligor and (ii) specify the proposed Excluded Obligor Date with respect to such proposed Excluded Obligor (which date shall be no less than ten (10) Business Days following the date of such request); provided,
however, that the Servicer shall not deliver more than one Excluded Obligor Request per calendar month. For purposes of this Section 6.15, “Exclusion Conditions” means, as of any date of
determination, the satisfaction of all of the following conditions on such date: (i) no Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the proposed designation of such Obligor as a Excluded
Obligor, (ii) after giving effect to such proposed designation of such Obligor as a Excluded Obligor, the Aggregate Investment does not exceed the Purchase Limit, and the Purchased Interest does not exceed 100% and (iii) the Facility
Termination Date has not occurred. 
 (b)    So long as (i) as of the applicable Excluded Obligor
Date and after giving effect to such Obligor’s designation as an Excluded Obligor, each of the Exclusion Conditions have been satisfied and (ii) the Administrator has consented in writing to such Obligor’s designation as an Excluded
Obligor, such consent to be granted or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion, then (x) upon the countersignature by the Administrator of such Excluded Obligor Request, such proposed Excluded Obligor shall constitute an Excluded Obligor
as of the related Excluded Obligor Date and shall no longer constitute an Obligor for purposes of the Transaction Documents except with respect to Receivables originated prior to the Excluded Obligor Date and (y) the Administrator (or the
Servicer on its behalf) shall, in each case at the expense of the Seller, (I) file on or promptly following the related Excluded Obligor Date and at the sole expense of the Seller, one or more UCC-3
financing statement amendments, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrator, with respect to UCC-1 financing statements filed against the applicable Originator in connection with the Transaction
Documents releasing , and (II) take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to evidence the release of, in each case, the Administrator’s security interest or other rights in the Receivables created on or after the related
Excluded Obligor Date, the Obligor of which is such Excluded Obligor, and all Related Security related thereto so long as such Related Security relates solely to such Excluded Receivables. 

(c)    Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that no Receivable, the Obligor of which is
an Excluded Obligor, that was originated prior to the related Excluded Obligor Date shall be transferred and assigned by the Seller to the related Originator or any other Person and all such Receivables shall remain in the Receivables Pool. However,
any Receivable, the Obligor of which is an Excluded Obligor, that was originated after the related Excluded Obligor Date shall not be part of the Receivables Pool hereunder. 

(d)    The Seller and the Servicer covenant and agree to, and to cause each Originator to, instruct each
Excluded Obligor on or promptly following the related Excluded Obligor Date to deliver payments on all Excluded Receivables to any lock-box or account other than a
Lock-Box Account. 

  
 29 

 [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

  
 30 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written. 
  

					
	 WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Name:
	 	  

		 	 Title:
	 	  

		
		 	 Address:

			
		 		 	 Worthington Receivables Corporation

1205 Dearborn Drive
 Columbus,
Ohio 43085
  
 Attention: Randal I. Rombeiro

Telephone: (614) 840-3574

Facsimile: (614) 438-7508

  

					
	 WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.,
as Servicer

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Name:
	 	  

		 	 Title:
	 	  

		
		 	 Address:

			
		 		 	 Worthington Industries, Inc.

1205 Dearborn Drive
 Columbus,
Ohio 43085
  
 Attention: Randal I. Rombeiro

Telephone: (614) 840-3574

Facsimile: (614) 438-7508

  
 S-1 

 
					
	 PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrator

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Name:
	 	  

		 	 Title:
	 	  

		
		 	 Address:

			
		 		 	 PNC Bank, National Association

Three PNC Plaza
 225 Fifth
Avenue
 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707
  

Attention: Robyn Reeher
 Telephone
No.: (412) 768-3090
 Facsimile No.: (412)
762-9184

  
 S-2 

 PURCHASERS: 

 

					
	 PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Purchaser Agent and a Related Committed Purchaser

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Name:
	 	  

		 	 Title:
	 	  

		
		 	 Address:

			
		 		 	 PNC Bank, National Association

Three PNC Plaza
 225 Fifth
Avenue
 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707
  

Attention: Robyn Reeher
 Telephone
No.: (412) 768-3090
 Facsimile No.: (412) 762-9184

 
 Commitment $50,000,000

  
 S-3 

 EXHIBIT I 

DEFINITIONS 

As used in the Agreement (including its Exhibits, Schedules and Annexes), the following terms shall have the following
meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined). Unless otherwise indicated, all Section, Annex, Exhibit and Schedule references in this Exhibit are to Sections of and Annexes, Exhibits
and Schedules to the Agreement. 
 “Administrator” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the
Agreement. 
 “Administrator’s Account” means the account (account number 1002422076 ABA 043000096) of
the Administrator maintained at the office of PNC at Three PNC Plaza, 225 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707, or such other account as may be so designated in writing by the Administrator to the Servicer. 

“Adverse Claim” means a lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance, or any other type of
preferential arrangement; it being understood that any thereof in favor of the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers ) shall not constitute an Adverse Claim. 

“Affected Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.7 of the Agreement. 

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person: (a) any Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is
controlled by or is under common control with such Person, or (b) who is a director or officer: (i) of such Person or (ii) of any Person described in clause (a), except that, in the case of each Conduit Purchaser, Affiliate
shall mean the holder of its capital stock. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect: (x) to vote 25% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of
such Person, or (y) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, in either case whether by ownership of securities, contract, proxy or otherwise. 

“Aggregate Discount” at any time, means the sum of the aggregate for each Purchaser of the accrued and unpaid
Discount with respect to each such Purchaser’s Investment at such time. 
 “Aggregate Investment”
means the amount paid to the Seller in respect of the Purchased Interest or portion thereof by each Purchaser pursuant to the Agreement, as reduced from time to time by Collections distributed and applied on account of such Aggregate Investment
pursuant to Section 1.4(d) of the Agreement; provided, that if such Aggregate Investment shall have been reduced by any distribution, and thereafter all or a portion of such distribution is rescinded or must
otherwise be returned for any reason, such Aggregate Investment shall be increased by the amount of such rescinded or returned distribution as though it had not been made. 

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement. 

“Anti-Terrorism Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(x) of Exhibit
III of the Agreement. 

  
 I-1 

 “Assumption Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the
form set forth in Annex C to the Agreement. 
 “Attorney Costs” means and includes all reasonable fees and
disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel. 
 “Bankruptcy Code” means the United States
Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq.), as amended from time to time. 
 “Base
Rate” means, for any day, (i) in the case of the Purchaser Group including PNC, the PNC Base Rate and (ii) in the case of each other Purchaser Group, the rate set forth as the Base Rate for such Purchaser Group in the related
Purchaser Group Fee Letter. 
 “Benefit Plan” means any employee benefit pension plan as
defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA in respect of which the Seller, any Originator, Worthington or any ERISA Affiliate is, or at any time during the immediately preceding six years was, an “employer” as defined in
Section 3(5) of ERISA. 
 “Business Day” means any day (other than a Saturday or
Sunday) on which: (a) banks are not authorized or required to close in New York City, New York or Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania and (b) if this definition of “Business Day” is utilized in connection with the Euro-Rate or LMIR,
dealings are carried out in the London interbank market. 
 “Cease Commingling Event” means the occurrence
of any of the following events or conditions: (i) the occurrence of any Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event, or (ii) delivery of a written notice by Administrator or any Purchaser that commingling of Collections with Subject
Collections shall cease no later than ten Business Days following the date of such notice. 
 “Change in
Control” means (i) with respect to Seller, that at any time Worthington shall fail to own, directly or indirectly through one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries free and clear of any Adverse Claim, 100% of the shares of outstanding
voting stock of the Seller on a fully diluted basis, (ii) with respect to any Originator, that at any time Worthington shall fail to own, directly or indirectly through one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries free and clear of any Adverse Claim,
100% of the share of outstanding voting stock of such Originator on a fully diluted basis, and (iii) with respect to Worthington, the acquisition by any Person or its Affiliates (other than John H. McConnell, John P. McConnell, their Affiliates
or a group in which the foregoing are a principal participant) of 20% or more of the stock (or equivalent ownership or controlling interest) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of Worthington
(irrespective of whether or not at the time the stock of any class or classes of Worthington will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening or any contingency). 

“Closing Date” means November 30, 2000. 

“Collections” means, with respect to any Pool Receivable: (a) all funds that are received by any
Originator, Worthington, the Seller or the Servicer in payment of any amounts owed in respect of such Receivable (including purchase price, finance charges, interest and all other 

  
 I-2 

 
charges), or that are applied to amounts owed in respect of such Receivable (including insurance payments and net proceeds of the sale or other disposition of repossessed goods or other
collateral or property of the related Obligor or any other Person directly or indirectly liable for the payment of such Pool Receivable and available to be applied thereon), (b) all amounts deemed to have been received pursuant to
Section 1.4(e) of the Agreement and (c) all other proceeds of such Pool Receivable. 

“Commitment” means, with respect to each Related Committed Purchaser, the maximum amount which such Purchaser
is obligated to pay hereunder on account of any Purchase, as set forth below its signature to this Agreement or in the Assumption Agreement pursuant to which it became a Purchaser, as such amount may be modified in connection with any subsequent
assignment pursuant to Section 6.3(c) or in connection with a change in the Purchase Limit pursuant to Section 1.1(b). 

“Commitment Percentage” means, for each Related Committed Purchaser in a Purchaser Group, such Related
Committed Purchaser’s Commitment divided by the total of all Commitments of all Related Committed Purchasers in such Purchaser Group. 

“Company Note” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Sale Agreement. 

“Concentration Percentage” means any Obligor which is (i) a Group A Obligor, 16.0%, (ii) a Group B
Obligor, 12.0%, (iii) a Group C Obligor, 8.0%, or (iv) a Group D Obligor, 4.0%. 
 “Concentration
Reserve” means, on any day, an amount equal to: (a) the Aggregate Investment at the close of business of the Servicer on such date multiplied by (b) (i) the Concentration Reserve Percentage on such date,
divided by (ii) 100% minus the Concentration Reserve Percentage on such date. 
 “Concentration Reserve
Percentage” means, on any date, the quotient of (i) the greatest of (a) the largest aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Receivables of any single Group A Obligor, (b) the sum of the largest aggregate Outstanding Balances of
the Receivables of any two Group B Obligors, (c) the sum of the largest aggregate Outstanding Balances of the Receivables of any three Group C Obligors or (d) the sum of the largest aggregate Outstanding Balances of the Receivables of any
five Group D Obligors, divided by (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables, on such date. 

“Conduit Purchasers” means each commercial paper conduit that is a party to the Agreement, as a purchaser, or
that becomes a party to the Agreement, as a purchaser pursuant to an Assumption Agreement. 
 “Contract”
means, with respect to any Receivable, any and all contracts, instruments, agreements, leases, invoices, notes or other writings pursuant to which such Receivable arises or that evidence such Receivable or under which an Obligor becomes or is
obligated to make payment in respect of such Receivable. 
 “CP Rate” means, with respect to any Conduit
Purchaser for any Yield Period and any Portion of Investment, the rate set forth as the CP Rate for such Conduit Purchaser in the related Purchaser Group Fee Letter. 

  
 I-3 

 “Credit and Collection Policy” means, as the context may
require, those receivables credit and collection policies and practices of each Originator and of Worthington in effect on the date of the Agreement and described in Schedule I to the Agreement, as modified in compliance with the Agreement.

 “Current Days’ Sales Outstanding” means, for any calendar month, an amount computed as of the last
day of such calendar month equal to: (a) the average of the Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that are not passed their respective due date as of the last day of most recent three calendar months divided by (b)(i) the average of the
aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during most recent three calendar months divided by (ii) 90. 
 “Cut-off Date” has the meaning set forth in the Sale Agreement. 

“Debt” means: (a) indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures,
notes or other similar instruments, (c) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, (d) obligations as lessee under leases that shall have been or should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, recorded as capital leases, and (e) obligations under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect
of, indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (d). 

“Default Ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%, with
5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed as of the last day of each calendar month by dividing: (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during such month excluding Ineligible Elimination
Amounts, by (b)(i) at all times during which the Current Days’ Sales Outstanding is less than or equal to 40, the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the month that is five months before such month and (ii) at all other
times, the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the month that is six months before such month. 

“Defaulted Receivable” means a Receivable: 

(a)    as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 120 days, in
each case from the due date for such payment, or 
 (b)    without duplication
(i) as to which an Insolvency Proceeding shall have occurred with respect to the Obligor thereof or any other Person obligated thereon or owning any Related Security with respect thereto, (ii) that has been
charged-off as uncollectible or (iii) that should have been charged-off as uncollectible pursuant to the Credit and Collection Policy. 

The “Outstanding Balance” of any Defaulted Receivable shall be determined without regard to any credit memos or
credit balances. 
 “Delinquency Ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the
nearest 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed as of the last day of each calendar month by dividing: (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that 

  
 I-4 

 
were Delinquent Receivables (excluding Steel Surcharge Receivables and amounts reported by the Servicer as inputs to the Information Package as charge-backs and disputed receivables) on such day
by (b) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables on such day. 
 “Delinquent
Receivable” means a Receivable (a) as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 90 days from the due date for such payment or (b) without duplication, which has been (or consistent with the Credit and
Collection Policy, would be) classified as a Delinquent Receivable by the applicable Originator. The “Outstanding Balance” of any Delinquent Receivable shall be determined without regard to any credit memos or credit balances. 

“Dilution Component Reserve” means, on any day, an amount equal to (a) the Aggregate Investment at the
close of business of the Servicer on such date multiplied by (b) (i) the Dilution Component Reserve Percentage on such date, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Dilution Component Reserve Percentage on such date. 

“Dilution Component Reserve Percentage” means, on any day, the product of (a) the 12-month rolling average of the Dilution Ratio at such time multiplied by (b) the Dilution Horizon Ratio at such time, expressed as a percentage. 

“Dilution Ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%, with
5/1000th of 1% rounded upward), computed as of the last day of each calendar month by dividing: (a) the aggregate amount of payments made or owed by the Seller pursuant to Section 1.4(e)(i) of the Agreement during such
calendar month excluding Ineligible Elimination Amounts, by (b) the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the calendar month that is two months prior to such calendar month. 

“Dilution Reserve” means, on any day, an amount equal to: (a) the Aggregate Investment at the close of
business of the Servicer on such date multiplied by (b) (i) the Dilution Reserve Percentage on such date, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Dilution Reserve Percentage on such date. 

“Dilution Reserve Percentage” means, on any date, the percentage determined by the following formula: 

 

					
	 [[(2.25 x ED) + ((DS-ED) x DS/ED))] x DHR] + (0.50% x CS)

			
	 ED
	  	 =
	  	 the “Expected Dilution,” which shall be equal to the 12-month rolling
average Dilution Ratio, expressed as a percentage;

			
	 DS
	  	 =
	  	 the “Dilution Spike,” which shall be equal to the highest one month Dilution Ratio over the immediately
preceding 12 months, expressed as a percentage; and

			
	 CS
	  	 =
	  	 the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the most recent calendar month divided by the Net Receivables
Pool Balance for such calendar month.

  
 I-5 

					
			
	 DHR
	  	 =
	  	 the “Dilution Horizon Ratio,” which shall be equal to the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators
during the three preceding calendar months divided by the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of the last day of the most recent calendar month.

 “Discount” means with respect to any Purchaser: 

(a)    for any Portion of Investment for any Yield Period with respect to any Purchaser to
the extent such Portion of Investment will be funded by such Purchaser during such Yield Period through the issuance of Notes: 
 CPR x I x
ED/360 
 (b)    for any Portion of Investment for any Yield Period with respect to any
Purchaser to the extent such Portion of Investment will not be funded by such Purchaser during such Yield Period through the issuance of Notes: 

YR x I x ED/Year + TF 

where: 
  

					
	 YR
	  	 =
	  	 the Yield Rate, as applicable, for such Portion of Investment for such
Yield Period with respect to such Purchaser,

			
	 I
	  	 =
	  	 the Investment with respect to such Portion of Investment during such Yield Period with respect to such
Purchaser,

			
	 CPR
	  	 =
	  	 the CP Rate for the Portion of Investment for such Yield Period with respect to such Purchaser,

			
	 ED
	  	 =
	  	 the actual number of days during such Yield Period,

			
	 Year
	  	 =
	  	 if such Portion of Investment is funded based upon: (i) the Euro-Rate or LMIR, 360 days, and (ii) the Base
Rate, 365 or 366 days, as applicable, and

			
	 TF
	  	 =
	  	 the Termination Fee, if any, for the Portion of Investment for such Yield Period with respect to such
Purchaser;

 provided, that no provision of the Agreement shall require the payment or permit the collection
of Discount in excess of the maximum permitted by applicable law; and provided further, that Discount for any Portion of Investment shall not be considered paid by any distribution to the extent that at any time all or a portion of
such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason. 
 “Eligible Foreign Obligor”
means an Obligor which is a resident of any country (other than the United States of America or Canada) that has a short-term foreign currency rating (or, if such country does not have such a short-term foreign currency rating, a long-term foreign
currency rating) of at least “A2” (or “A”) by Standard & Poor’s and “P-1” (or “A2”) by Moody’s. 

  
 I-6 

 “Eligible Receivable” means, at any time, a Pool Receivable:

 (a)    the Obligor of which is (i) a United States resident, a resident of the
Province of Ontario, Canada subject to the following proviso or Eligible Foreign Obligor; provided, however, if the Obligor of such Receivable is a resident of the Province of Ontario, Canada, such Receivable shall satisfy the
requirements of this clause (a)(i) if the sum of the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable and the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all other Eligible Receivables (that are included in the calculation of the Net
Receivables Pool Balance at such time) of Obligors who are residents of the Province of Ontario, Canada does not exceed the product of (x) 0.05 times (y) the Outstanding Balance of all other Eligible Receivables, (ii) neither (x) a
Governmental Authority, nor (y) a Sanctioned Person, (iii) not subject to any action of the type described in paragraph (f) of Exhibit V to the Agreement, (iv) not an Excluded Obligor and (v) not an Affiliate of
Worthington, 
 (b)    that is denominated and payable only in U.S. dollars in the United
States, 
 (c)    that does not have a stated maturity which is more than 60 days after
the original invoice date of such Receivable;, provided, however, that up to 20.0% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables may have a stated maturity which is more than 60 days but not more than 90 days from
the original invoice date of such Receivable, 
 (d)    that arises under a duly
authorized Contract for the sale and delivery of goods and services in the ordinary course of an Originator’s business, 

(e)    that arises under a duly authorized Contract that is in full force and effect and
that is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, 

(f)    that conforms in all material respects with all applicable laws, rulings and
regulations in effect, 
 (g)    that is not the subject of any asserted dispute, offset,
hold back defense, Adverse Claim or other claim, 
 (h)    that satisfies all applicable
requirements of the applicable Credit and Collection Policy, 
 (i)    that has not been
modified, waived or restructured since its creation, except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Agreement, 

(j)    in which the Seller owns good and marketable title, free and clear of any Adverse
Claims, and that is freely assignable by the Seller (including without any consent of the related Obligor), 

  
 I-7 

 (k)    for which the Administrator (for the
benefit of each Purchaser) shall have a valid and enforceable undivided percentage ownership or security interest, to the extent of the Purchased Interest, and a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest therein and in the
Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, in each case free and clear of any Adverse Claim, 

(l)    that constitutes an account as defined in the UCC, and that is not evidenced by
instruments or chattel paper, 
 (m)    that is not a Defaulted Receivable, a Delinquent
Receivable or a Steel Surcharge Receivable, 
 (n)    for which none of the Originator
thereof, the Seller and the Servicer has established any offset arrangements with the related Obligor, 

(o)    for which Defaulted Receivables of the related Obligor do not exceed 35% of the
Outstanding Balance of all such Obligor’s Receivables, and 
 (p)    that represents
amounts earned and payable by the Obligor that are not subject to the performance of additional services by the Originator or Servicer thereof. 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any
successor statute of similar import, together with the regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of ERISA also refer to any successor sections. 

“ERISA Affiliate” means: (a) any corporation that is a member of the same controlled
group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) as the Seller, any Originator or Worthington, (b) a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control (within the meaning of
Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code) with the Seller, any Originator or Worthington, or (c) a member of the same affiliated service group (within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Internal Revenue Code) as the Seller, any
Originator, any corporation described in clause (a) or any trade or business described in clause (b). 

“Euro-Rate” means with respect to any Yield Period, the interest rate per annum determined by the
Administrator by dividing (the resulting quotient rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1% per annum) (i) the rate of interest determined by the applicable Purchaser Agent in accordance with its usual procedures (which
determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) to be the average of the London interbank market offered rates for U.S. dollars as set forth on display page 3750 on Dow Jones Markets Service (or such other display page on the Dow Jones
Markets Service system as may from time to time replace display page 3750 or such other service that may from time to time replace Dow Jones Markets Service) at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day which is two (2) Business
Days prior to the first day of such Yield Period for an amount comparable to the Portion of Investment to be funded at the Yield Rate and based upon the Euro-Rate during such Yield 

  
 I-8 

 
Period by (ii) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage. The Euro-Rate may also be expressed by the following formula: 

 

					
		  		  	 Average of London interbank offered rates shown on Dow Jones Markets Service display page 3750 or appropriate
successor
  

	  

Euro-Rate
	  	  
 =
	  
	  	  	1.00 - Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage

 where “Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage” means, the maximum effective percentage
in effect on such day as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the reserve requirements (including without limitation, supplemental, marginal, and emergency reserve requirements) with
respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities”). The Euro-Rate shall be adjusted with respect to any Portion of Investment funded at the Yield Rate and based upon the Euro-Rate that is
outstanding on the effective date of any change in the Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage as of such effective date. The applicable Purchaser Agent shall give prompt notice to the Seller of the Euro-Rate as determined or adjusted in accordance herewith
(which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Euro-Rate as determined herein would be less than zero (0.00), such rate shall be deemed to be zero percent (0.00%) for purposes of this
Agreement. 
 “Excess Concentration” means, on any date, the sum of the following amounts: (i) the
amount by which the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables of each Obligor then in the Receivables Pool exceeds an amount equal to: (a) the applicable Concentration Percentage for such Obligor multiplied by (b) the Outstanding Balance
of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool on such date, plus (ii) the amount by which (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool the Obligor of which is an Eligible Foreign
Obligor exceeds (b) 3.00% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool on such date. 

“Excluded Obligor Date” means, with respect to each Excluded Obligor, the applicable date designated as such
in the related Excluded Obligor Request. 
 “Excluded Obligor” means each Obligor designated as such in a
Excluded Obligor Request that has satisfied each of the requirements set forth in Section 6.15 of this Agreement. 

“Excluded Obligor Request” means a request, in substantially the form of Annex H to this Agreement,
made by or on behalf of the Servicer pursuant to Section 6.15 of this Agreement. 

“Excluded Receivable” means any Receivable (defined without giving effect to the proviso to the
definition thereof) (i) the Obligor of which is Metalsa, S.A. de C.V. and Metalsa–Roanoke, Inc. or the Subsidiaries thereof, (ii) originated on or after July 15, 2013, the Obligor of which is E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
or any Subsidiary thereof or (iii) originated on or after the applicable Excluded Obligor Date, the Obligor of which is an Excluded Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof. 

  
 I-9 

 “Facility Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of:
(a) with respect to each Purchaser January 15, 2019, (b) the date determined pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Agreement, (c) the date the Purchase Limit reduces to zero pursuant to
Section 1.1(b) of the Agreement and (d) with respect to each Purchaser Group, the date that the commitments of all of the Liquidity Providers terminate under the related Liquidity Agreements. 

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the per annum rate set forth in the weekly statistical release
designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Board (including any such successor, “H.15(519)”) for such day opposite the caption “Federal Funds (Effective).” If on any relevant day such
rate is not yet published in H.15(519), the rate for such day will be the rate set forth in the daily statistical release designated as the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities, or any successor publication, published by the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such successor, the “Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations”) for such day under the caption “Federal Funds Effective Rate.” If on any relevant day the appropriate rate is not yet published
in either H.15(519) or the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations, the rate for such day will be the arithmetic mean as determined by the applicable Purchaser Agent of the rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged before 9:00 a.m.
(New York time) on that day by each of three leading brokers of Federal funds transactions in New York City selected by such Purchaser Agent. 

“Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any entity succeeding
to any of its principal functions. 
 “Fees” means the fees payable by the Seller to each Purchaser Group
pursuant to the applicable Purchaser Group Fee Letter. 
 “Fifteenth Amendment Effective Date” means the
date on which that certain Fifteenth Amendment to this Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2013, becomes effective in accordance with its terms. 

“GAAP” means the generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the United States, consistently
applied. 
 “Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political
subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any body or entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any court,
and any Person owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing. 

“Group A Obligor” means an Obligor with a short-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating (or, if such
Obligor does not have such a short-term rating, a long-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating) of at least “A-1” (or “A+”) by Standard & Poor’s and “P-1” (or “A1”) by Moody’s. 
 “Group B Obligor”
means an Obligor with a short-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating (or, if such Obligor does not have such a short-term rating, a long-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating) of at least
“A-2” (or “BBB+”) by Standard & Poor’s and “P-2” (or “Baa1”) by Moody’s, that is not a Group A Obligor. 

  
 I-10 

 “Group C Obligor” means an Obligor with a short-term senior
unsecured indebtedness rating (or, if such Obligor does not have such a short-term rating, a long-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating) of at least “A-3” (or
“BBB-”) by Standard & Poor’s and “P-3” (or “Baa3”) by Moody’s, that is not a Group A Obligor or a Group B Obligor. 

“Group Commitment” means with respect to any Purchaser Group the aggregate of the Commitments of each
Purchaser within such Purchaser Group. 
 “Group D Obligor” means an Obligor which is not a Group A
Obligor, a Group B Obligor or a Group C Obligor. 
 “Group Investment” means with respect to any Purchaser
Group, an amount equal to the aggregate of all Investments of the Purchasers within such Purchaser Group. 

“Indemnified Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Agreement.

 “Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Agreement.

 “Independent Director” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3(c) of Exhibit IV to the
Agreement. 
 “Ineligible Elimination Amounts” means amounts which are reported by the Servicer as inputs
to the Information Package as credit memos or aged invoices which relate to Receivables which are not Eligible Receivables, including without limitation, Receivables (a) the Obligor of which is an Affiliate of Worthington, (b) related to
the resale program, (c) which are Steel Surcharge Receivables, (d) which are fuel surcharge receivables or (e) the Obligor of which is listed on Schedule V hereto (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates);
provided, however, that such amounts which are reported by the Servicer as inputs to the Information Package as credit memos or aged invoices with respect to each such Obligor set forth on Schedule V shall be deemed to be
“Ineligible Elimination Amounts” until the Administrator consents otherwise. 
 “Information
Package” means a report, in substantially the form of Annex A to the Agreement, furnished to the Administrator pursuant to the Agreement. 

“Insolvency Proceeding” means: (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental
Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors of a
Person or, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors of a Person, or other, similar arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors, in each of cases (a) and (b) undertaken under U.S. Federal,
state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code. 
 “Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute of similar import, together with the regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the Internal Revenue Code also refer to any
successor sections. 

  
 I-11 

 “Investment” means with respect to any Purchaser the amount paid
to the Seller by such Purchaser pursuant to the Agreement, or such amount divided or combined in accordance with the Agreement, in each case reduced from time to time by Collections distributed and applied on account of such Investment pursuant to
Section 1.4(d) of the Agreement; provided, that if such Investment shall have been reduced by any distribution and thereafter all or a portion of such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason,
such Investment shall be increased by the amount of such rescinded or returned distribution as though it had not been made. 

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended or otherwise modified from time
to time. 
 “LCR Security” means any commercial paper or security (other than equity securities issued to
the Servicer or any Originator that is a consolidated subsidiary of Worthington under GAAP) within the meaning of Paragraph _.32(e)(viii) of the final rules titled Liquidity Coverage Ratio: Liquidity Risk Measurement Standards, 79 Fed. Reg.
197, 61440 et seq. (October 10, 2014).
 “Liquidity Agent” means each of the banks acting as agent for the
various Liquidity Banks under each Liquidity Agreement. 
 “Liquidity Agreement” means any agreement
entered into in connection with this Agreement pursuant to which a Liquidity Provider agrees to make purchases or advances to, or purchase assets from, any Conduit Purchaser in order to provide liquidity for such Conduit Purchaser’s Purchases.

 “Liquidity Provider” means each bank or other financial institution that provides liquidity support to
any Conduit Purchaser pursuant to the terms of a Liquidity Agreement. 
 “LMIR” means for any day during
any Yield Period, the one-month Eurodollar rate for U.S. dollar deposits as reported on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page or any other page that may replace such page from time to time for the purpose of
displaying offered rates of leading banks for London interbank deposits in United States dollars, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, then the immediately preceding Business Day (or if not so reported,
then as determined by the Administrator from another recognized source for interbank quotation), in each case, changing when and as such rate changes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if LMIR as determined herein would be less than zero (0.00), such
rate shall be deemed to be zero percent (0.00%) for purposes of this Agreement. 

“Lock-Box Account” means an account maintained at a bank or other
financial institution for the purpose of, directly or indirectly, receiving Collections. 
 “Lock-Box Agreement” means an agreement, among the Seller, the Servicer and a Lock-Box Bank. 

“Lock-Box Bank” means any of the banks or other financial
institutions holding one or more Lock-Box Accounts. 

  
 I-12 

 “Loss Reserve” means, on any date, an amount equal to
(a) the Aggregate Investment at the close of business of the Servicer on such date multiplied by (b) (i) the Loss Reserve Percentage on such date, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Loss Reserve Percentage on such date. 

“Loss Reserve Percentage” means, on any date, the product of (i) 2.25 times (ii) the highest
average of the Default Ratios for any three consecutive calendar months during the twelve most recent calendar months multiplied by (iii) (1) (A) at all times during which the Current Days’ Sales Outstanding is less than or equal to 40,
the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the five most recent calendar months, and (B) at all other times, the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the six most recent calendar months divided by
(2) the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of such date. 
 “Majority Purchasers” means, at any time,
Purchasers whose Commitments aggregate 2/3rds or more of the aggregate of the Commitments of all Purchasers; provided, however, that so long as any Purchaser’s Commitment is greater than 50% of the aggregate Commitments, then “Majority
Purchasers” shall mean a minimum of two Purchasers whose Commitments aggregate more than 50% of the aggregate Commitments. 

“Material Adverse Effect” means, relative to any Person with respect to any event or circumstance, a material
adverse effect on: 
 (a)    the assets, operations, business or financial condition of
the Seller, the Servicer or Worthington Industries, Inc. on a consolidated basis, 

(b)    the ability of any of such Person to perform its obligations under the Agreement or
any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, 
 (c)    the validity or
enforceability of any other Transaction Document, or the validity, enforceability or collectibility of a material portion of the Pool Receivables, or 

(d)    the status, perfection, enforceability or priority of any Purchaser’s or the
Seller’s interest in the Pool Assets. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 “Net Receivables Pool Balance” means, at any time: (a) the Outstanding Balance of Eligible
Receivables then in the Receivables Pool minus (b) the Excess Concentration minus (c) the Specifically Reserved Dilution Amount. 

“Notes” means short-term promissory notes issued, or to be issued, by each Conduit Purchaser to fund its
investments in accounts receivable or other financial assets. 
 “Obligor” means, with respect to any
Receivable, the Person obligated to make payments pursuant to the Contract relating to such Receivable. 

“Originator” has the meaning set forth in the Sale Agreement. 

  
 I-13 

 “Originator Assignment Certificate” means each assignment, in
substantially the form of Exhibit C to the Sale Agreement, evidencing Seller’s ownership of the Receivables generated by Originator, as the same may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated, or otherwise modified from time to
time in accordance with the Sale Agreement. 
 “Outstanding Balance” of any Receivable at any time means
the then outstanding principal balance thereof. 
 “Patriot Act” means the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of
Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder. 

“Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of the Sale Agreement. 

“Permitted Lock-Box Bank means any of the following Bank of America, Bank
of Nova Scotia, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Citibank, Comerica Bank, First Union Bank, Firstar Bank, Huntington Bank, Key Bank, The Bank of New York Mellon, National City Bank, PNC Bank, Wachovia Bank and any
successor thereof, or such other bank as may be consented to by the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers. 

“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company,
trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof. 

“PNC” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement. 

“PNC Base Rate” means, in the case of PNC or any Purchaser in its Purchaser Group, for any day, a fluctuating
interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to time, which rate shall be at all times equal to the higher of: 

(a)    the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time
by PNC in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania as its “prime rate.” Such “prime rate” is set by PNC based upon various factors, including PNC’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a
reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such announced rate, and 

(b)    0.50% per annum above the latest Federal Funds Rate. 

“PNC Yield Rate” for any Yield Period and any Portion of Investment of the Purchased Interest with respect to
PNC or any Purchaser in its Purchaser Group, means an interest rate per annum equal to: (a) the daily average LMIR for such Yield Period, or (b) if LMIR is unavailable pursuant to Section 1.9, the Base Rate for
such Yield Period; provided, however, that the “PNC Yield Rate” for any day while a Termination Event exists shall be an interest rate equal to (in the Administrator’s sole and absolute discretion) (i) 2% per annum above
the PNC Base Rate or (ii) the “Applicable Margin” set forth in the Purchaser Group Fee Letter relating to PNC. 

“Pool Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(d) of the Agreement. 

  
 I-14 

 “Pool Receivable” means a Receivable in the Receivables Pool.

 “Portion of Investment” means, with respect to any Purchaser and its related Investment, the portion of
such Investment being funded or maintained by such Purchaser by reference to a particular interest rate basis. 

“Program Support Agreement” means and includes any Liquidity Agreement and any other agreement entered into
by any Program Support Provider providing for: (a) the issuance of one or more letters of credit for the account of any Conduit Purchaser, (b) the issuance of one or more surety bonds for which the such Conduit Purchaser is obligated to
reimburse the applicable Program Support Provider for any drawings thereunder, (c) the sale by such Conduit Purchaser to any Program Support Provider of the Purchased Interest (or portions thereof) maintained by such Conduit Purchaser and/or
(d) the making of loans and/or other extensions of credit to any Conduit Purchaser in connection with such Conduit Purchaser’s securitization program contemplated in the Agreement, together with any letter of credit, surety bond or other
instrument issued thereunder (but excluding any discretionary advance facility provided by the Administrator). 

“Program Support Provider” means and includes with respect to each Conduit Purchaser any Liquidity Provider
and any other Person (other than any customer of such Conduit Purchaser) now or hereafter extending credit or having a commitment to extend credit to or for the account of, or to make purchases from, such Conduit Purchaser pursuant to any Program
Support Agreement. 
 “Purchase” is defined in Section 1.1(a). 

“Purchase and Sale Indemnified Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 of
the Sale Agreement. 
 “Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in
Section 9.1 of the Sale Agreement. 
 “Purchase and Sale Termination Date” has
the meaning set forth in Section 1.4 of the Sale Agreement. 
 “Purchase and Sale
Termination Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 of the Sale Agreement. 

“Purchase Date” means the date of which a Purchase or a reinvestment is made pursuant to the Agreement. 

“Purchase Facility” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Sale Agreement.

 “Purchase Limit” means $50,000,000, as such amount may be reduced pursuant to
Section 1.1(b) of the Agreement. References to the unused portion of the Purchase Limit shall mean, at any time, the Purchase Limit minus the then outstanding Aggregate Investment. 

“Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of the Sale Agreement.

  
 I-15 

 “Purchase Report” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.1 of the Sale Agreement. 
 “Purchased Interest” means, at any time,
the undivided percentage ownership interest in: (a) each and every Pool Receivable now existing or hereafter arising, (b) all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivables and (c) all Collections with respect to, and other
proceeds of, such Pool Receivables and Related Security. Such undivided percentage interest shall be computed as: 
  

					
		 	 Aggregate Investment + Total Reserves
	 	
		 	Net Receivables Pool Balance	 	

 The Purchased Interest shall be determined from time to time pursuant to Section 1.3
of the Agreement. 
 “Purchaser” means each Conduit Purchaser and/or each Related Committed Purchaser, as
applicable. 
 “Purchaser Agent” means each Person acting as agent on behalf of a Purchaser Group and
designated as a Purchaser Agent for such Purchaser Group on the signature pages to the Agreement or any other Person who becomes a party to this Agreement as a Purchaser Agent pursuant to an Assumption Agreement or a Transfer Supplement. 

“Purchaser Group” means, (i) for each Conduit Purchaser, such Conduit Purchaser, its Related Committed
Purchasers and its related Purchaser Agent and (ii) for PNC, PNC, as a Purchaser Agent and a Related Committed Purchaser. 

“Purchaser Group Fee Letter” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.5 of the
Agreement. 
 “Purchasers’ Share” of any amount means such amount multiplied by the Purchased Interest
at the time of determination. 
 “Ratable Share” means, for each Purchaser Group, such Purchaser
Group’s aggregate Commitments divided by the aggregate Commitments of all Purchaser Groups. 
 “Rating Agency
Condition” means, with respect to any material event or occurrence, receipt by the Administrator (or the applicable Purchaser Agent) of written confirmation from each of Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s that such event or
occurrence shall not cause the rating on the then outstanding Notes of any applicable Purchaser to be downgraded or withdrawn. 

“Receivable” means any indebtedness and other obligations owed to the Seller or any Originator by, or any
right of the Seller or any Originator to payment from or on behalf of, an Obligor, whether constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with the sale of goods or the rendering of services by an
Originator, and includes the obligation to pay any finance charges, fees and other charges with respect thereto; provided however, that “Receivable” shall not include any Excluded Receivable. Indebtedness and other
obligations arising from any one transaction, including indebtedness and other obligations represented by an individual invoice or agreement, shall constitute a Receivable separate from a Receivable consisting of indebtedness and other obligations
arising from any other transaction. 

  
 I-16 

 “Receivables Pool” means, at any time, all of the then
outstanding Receivables purchased by the Seller pursuant to the Sale Agreement prior to the Facility Termination Date. 

“Related Committed Purchaser” means each Person listed as such (and its respective Commitment) for each
Conduit Purchaser as set forth on the signature pages of the Agreement or in any Assumption Agreement or Transfer Supplement. 

“Related Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Sale Agreement.

 “Related Security” means, with respect to any Receivable: 

(a)    all of the Seller’s and the Originator thereof’s interest in any goods
(including returned goods), and documentation of title evidencing the shipment or storage of any goods (including returned goods), relating to any sale giving rise to such Receivable, 

(b)    all instruments and chattel paper that may evidence such Receivable, 

(c)    all other security interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time
purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all UCC financing statements or similar filings relating thereto, and 

(d)    all of the Seller’s and the Originator thereof’s rights, interests and
claims under the Contracts and all guaranties, indemnities, insurance and other agreements (including the related Contract) or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable or otherwise
relating to such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise. 
 “Sale
Agreement” means the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2000, among the Seller, the Originators and the Servicer as amended through the date of the Agreement and as such agreement may be amended, amended and
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Sanctioned Country” means a country or
territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of territorial-based Sanctions. 
 “Sanctioned
Person” means a Person that is, or is owned or controlled by Persons that are: (i) the subject of any Sanctions, or (ii) located, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country. 

“Sanctions” means any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of
Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority. 

“Seller” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement. 

  
 I-17 

 “Seller’s Share” of any amount means the greater of: (a) $0
and (b) such amount minus the product of (i) such amount multiplied by (ii) the Purchased Interest. 

“Servicer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement. 

“Servicing Fee” shall mean the fee referred to in Section 4.6 of the Agreement.

 “Settlement Date” means the 18th Business Day of
each calendar month or such other Business Day as otherwise consented to by the Administrator, the Purchasers, the Seller and the Servicer. 

“Simple Majority” means, at any time, Purchasers whose Commitments aggregate 51% or more of the aggregate of
the Commitments of all Purchasers. 
 “Solvent” means, with respect to any Person at any time, a condition
under which: 
 (i)    the fair value and present fair saleable value of such
Person’s total assets is, on the date of determination, greater than such Person’s total liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) at such time; 

(ii)    the fair value and present fair saleable value of such Person’s assets is
greater than the amount that will be required to pay such Person’s probable liability on its existing debts as they become absolute and matured (“debts,” for this purpose, includes all legal liabilities, whether matured or
unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, absolute, fixed, or contingent); 
 (iii)    such
Person is and shall continue to be able to pay all of its liabilities as such liabilities mature; and 

(iv)    such Person does not have unreasonably small capital with which to engage in its
current and in its anticipated business. 
 For purposes of this definition: 

(A)    the amount of a Person’s contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time
shall be that amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances then existing, represents the amount which can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability; 

(B)    the “fair value” of an asset shall be the amount which may be realized
within a reasonable time either through collection or sale of such asset at its regular market value; 

(C)    the “regular market value” of an asset shall be the amount which a capable
and diligent business person could obtain for such asset from an interested buyer who is willing to Purchase such asset under ordinary selling conditions; and 

  
 I-18 

 (D)    the “present fair saleable
value” of an asset means the amount which can be obtained if such asset is sold with reasonable promptness in an arm’s-length transaction in an existing and not theoretical market. 

“Specifically Reserved Dilution Amount” means, for any calendar month, the sum of the amounts reserved in the
balance sheet of each Originator for (i) volume rebates and (ii) potential credits relating to the voluntary recall announced by the Servicer in a public filing on January 10, 2012. 

“Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. 
 “Steel Surcharge Receivable” means a Receivable, the Originators of which
are The Worthington Steel Company, a Delaware corporation, The Worthington Steel Company, an Ohio corporation, Worthington Steel Company of Decatur, L.L.C., an Alabama limited liability company, Worthington Steel of Michigan, Inc., a Michigan
corporation, WSC Acquisition, LLC, an Ohio Limited liability company, or The Worthington Steel Company, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company, which is associated with surcharges for coke shortages, utilities, fuel, freight and other costs from
vendors of such Originators. 
 “Subject Collections” means, with respect to any Subject Receivable:
(a) all funds that are received by the Subject Worthington Affiliate, in payment of any amounts owed in respect of such Subject Receivable (including purchase price, finance charges, interest and all other charges), or applied to amounts owed
in respect of such Subject Receivable (including insurance payments and net proceeds of the sale or other disposition of repossessed goods or other collateral or property of the related obligor or any other Person directly or indirectly liable for
the payment of such Subject Receivable and available to be applied thereon) and (b) all other proceeds of such Subject Receivable. 

“Subject Receivable” means any indebtedness and other obligations owed to the Subject Worthington Affiliate,
arising in connection with the sale of goods or for services rendered, and includes, without limitation, the obligation to pay any finance charges, fees and other charges with respect thereto; provided, however, that Subject Receivable
shall exclude (i) all Pool Receivables and (ii) all Excluded Receivables. 
 “Subject Worthington
Affiliate” means AMTROL, Inc. a Rhode Island corporation. 
 “Subsidiary” means, as to any Person,
a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock of each class or other interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or other interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a
contingency) to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or other managers of such entity are at the time owned, or management of which is otherwise controlled: (a) by such Person, (b) by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or
(c) by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 “Tangible Net Worth” means, with
respect to any Person, the tangible net worth of such Person as determined in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 I-19 

 “Termination Day” means: (a) each day on which the
conditions set forth in Section 2 of Exhibit II to the Agreement are not satisfied or (b) each day that occurs on or after the Facility Termination Date. 

“Termination Event” has the meaning specified in Exhibit V to the Agreement. 

“Termination Fee” means, for any Yield Period, with respect to any Purchaser, the amount, if any, by which:
(a) the additional Discount related to such Purchaser’s Investment (calculated without taking into account any Termination Fee or any shortened duration of such Yield Period) that would have accrued during such Yield Period on the
reductions of Investment relating to such Yield Period had such reductions not been made, exceeds (b) the income, if any, received by such Purchaser from investing the proceeds of such reductions of Investment, as determined by the such
Purchaser’s Purchaser Agent, which determination shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes, absent manifest error. 

“Total Reserves” means, at any time, the sum of the Yield Reserve and the greater of (a) the sum of the
Loss Reserve and the Dilution Reserve, or (b) the sum of the Concentration Reserve and the Dilution Component Reserve. 

“Transaction Documents” means the Agreement, the Lock-Box Agreements,
each Purchaser Group Fee Letter, the Sale Agreement and all other certificates, instruments, UCC financing statements, reports, notices, agreements and documents executed or delivered under or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as
the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Agreement. 

“Transfer Supplement” has the respective meanings set forth in Sections 6.3(c) and 6.3(e). 

“Turnover Rate” means, for any calendar month, an amount computed as of the last day of such calendar month
equal to: (a) the average of the Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables as of the last day of such calendar month, divided by (b) the quotient of (i) the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the three calendar
months ended on the last day of such calendar month, divided by (ii) 3. 
 “UCC” means the Uniform
Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the applicable jurisdiction. 
 “Unmatured Purchase and Sale
Termination Event” means any event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Purchase and Sale Termination Event. 

“Unmatured Termination Event” means an event that, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would
constitute a Termination Event. 
 “Volcker Rule” means Section 13 of the U.S. Bank Holding Company
Act of 1956, as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder. 
 “Worthington” has the
meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement. 

  
 I-20 

 “Yield Period” means, with respect to each Portion of
Investment: (a) before the Facility Termination Date: (i) initially the period commencing on the date of the initial Purchase pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Agreement (or in the case of any fees payable hereunder,
commencing on the Closing Date) and ending on (but not including) the next Settlement Date, and (ii) thereafter, each period commencing on such Settlement Date and ending on (but not including) the next Settlement Date, and (b) on and
after the Facility Termination Date, such period (including a period of one day) as shall be selected from time to time by the Administrator or, in the absence of any such selection, each period of 30 days from the last day of the preceding Yield
Period. 
 “Yield Rate” for any Yield Period for any Portion of Investment of the Purchased Interest
(i) in the case of the Purchaser Group including PNC, means the PNC Yield Rate, and (ii) in the case of each other Purchaser Group, shall mean the rate set forth as the Yield Rate for such Purchaser Group in the related Purchaser Group Fee
Letter. 
 “Yield Reserve” shall be equal to the Aggregate Investment multiplied by a percentage equal to
(i) the Yield Reserve Percentage divided by (ii) 100% minus the Yield Reserve Percentage. 
 “Yield Reserve
Percentage” means, on any date, an amount equal to (i) the sum of the weighted average Base Rate for the most recent period plus 1.0%, multiplied by (ii) the product of 1.5 times the Turnover Rate, divided by (iii) 12. 

Other Terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC in the State of New York, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9. Unless the context otherwise requires, “or” means
“and/or,” and “including” (and with correlative meaning “include” and “includes”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term. 

  
 I-21 

 EXHIBIT II 

CONDITIONS OF PURCHASES 

1.    Conditions Precedent to Initial Purchase. The initial Purchase under this Agreement is
subject to the following conditions precedent that the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent shall have received on or before the date of such Purchase (other than with respect to the condition set forth in paragraph (g), which such
condition must be satisfied within 30 days of such Purchase), each in form and substance (including the date thereof) satisfactory to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent: 

(a)    A counterpart of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents executed by the
parties thereto. 
 (b)    Certified copies of: (i) the resolutions of the Board of
Directors of each of the Seller, the Originators and Worthington authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by the Seller, such Originator and Worthington, as the case may be, of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it
is a party; (ii) all documents evidencing other necessary organizational action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and (iii) the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement or any other organizational document, as applicable, of the Seller, each Originator and Worthington. 

(c)    A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Seller, the Originators
and Worthington certifying the names and true signatures of its officers who are authorized to sign the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. Until the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent receives a subsequent incumbency certificate from
the Seller, an Originator or Worthington, as the case may be, the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent shall be entitled to rely on the last such certificate delivered to it by the Seller, such Originator or Worthington, as the case may be. 

(d)    Acknowledgment copies, or time stamped receipt copies, of proper financing
statements, duly filed on or before the date of such initial purchase under the UCC of all jurisdictions that the Administrator may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the interests of the Seller, Worthington and the Administrator (on
behalf of each Purchaser) contemplated by the Agreement and the Sale Agreement. 

(e)    Acknowledgment copies, or time-stamped receipt copies, of proper financing
statements, if any, necessary to release all security interests and other rights of any Person in the Receivables, Contracts or Related Security previously granted by the Originators, Worthington or the Seller. 

(f)    Completed UCC search reports, dated on or shortly before the date of the initial
purchase hereunder, listing the financing statements filed in all applicable jurisdictions referred to in subsection (e) above that name the Originators or the Seller as debtor, together with copies of such other financing statements,
and similar search reports with respect to judgment liens, federal tax liens and liens of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in such jurisdictions, as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may request, showing no Adverse Claims on any Pool
Assets. 

  
 II-1 

 (g)    Copies of executed Lock-Box Agreements with each Lock-Box Bank. 

(h)    Favorable opinions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrator and each Purchaser Agent, of: (i) Jones Day Reavis & Pogue, counsel for the Seller, the Originators, Worthington and the Servicer, and (ii) Dale T. Brinkman, counsel for Seller, Worthington and the Originators. 

(i)    Satisfactory results of a review and audit (performed by representatives of each
Purchaser Agent) of the Servicer’s collection, operating and reporting systems, the Credit and Collection Policy of each Originator, historical receivables data and accounts, including satisfactory results of a review of the Servicer’s
operating location(s). 
 (j)    A pro forma Information Package representing the
performance of the Receivables Pool for the calendar month before closing. 

(k)    Evidence of payment by the Seller of all accrued and unpaid fees (including those
contemplated by each Purchaser Group Fee Letter), costs and expenses to the extent then due and payable on the date thereof, including any such costs, fees and expenses arising under or referenced in Section 6.4 of the
Agreement and the Fee Letter. 
 (l)    Each Purchaser Group Fee Letter (received only by
the related Purchaser Group Agent) duly executed by the Seller and the Servicer. 

(m)    Good standing certificates with respect to each of the Seller, the Originators and
the Servicer issued by the Secretary of State (or similar official) of the state of each such Person’s organization and principal place of business. 

(n)    To the extent required by each Conduit Purchaser’s commercial paper program,
letters from each of the rating agencies then rating the Notes confirming the rating of such Notes after giving effect to the transaction contemplated by the Agreement. 

(o)    Each Liquidity Agreement (received only by the related Purchaser Group Agent) and
all other Transaction Documents duly executed by the parties thereto. 
 (p)    A
computer file containing all information with respect to the Receivables as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may reasonably request. 

(q)    Such other approvals, opinions or documents as the Administrator or any Purchaser
Agent may reasonably request. 

  
 II-2 

 2.    Conditions Precedent to All Purchases and
Reinvestments. Each Purchase (including the initial Purchase) and each reinvestment shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that: 

(a)    in the case of each purchase, the Servicer shall have delivered to the Administrator
and each Purchaser Agent on or before such purchase, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrator and such Purchaser Agent, a completed pro forma Information Package to reflect the level of Investment with respect to each Purchaser Group
and related reserves and the calculation of the Purchased Interest after such subsequent purchase and a completed purchase notice in the form of Annex B; and 

(b)    on the date of such purchase or reinvestment the following statements shall be true
(and acceptance of the proceeds of such purchase or reinvestment shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Seller that such statements are then true): 

(i)    the representations and warranties contained in Exhibit III to the Agreement are
true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such purchase or reinvestment as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date, and in which
case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date); and 

(ii)    no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such purchase or
reinvestment, that constitutes a Termination Event or an Unmatured Termination Event. 

  
 II-3 

 EXHIBIT III 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 

1.    Representations and Warranties of the Seller. The Seller represents and warrants as
follows: 
 (a)    The Seller is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in every jurisdiction where the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified, except where the
failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (b)    The
execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, including its use of the proceeds of purchases and reinvestments: (i) are within its corporate powers; (ii) have
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action; (iii) do not contravene or result in a default under or conflict with: (A) its charter or by-laws, (B) any law, rule or regulation
applicable to it, (C) any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (D) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on
or affecting it or any of its property; and (iv) do not result in or require the creation of any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to any of its properties. The Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been
duly executed and delivered by the Seller. 
 (c)    No authorization, approval or other
action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required for its due execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, other than
the Uniform Commercial Code filings referred to in Exhibit II to the Agreement, all of which shall have been filed on or before the date of the first purchase hereunder. 

(d)    Each of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a
party constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws from time to
time in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. 

(e)    There is no pending or, to Seller’s best knowledge, threatened action or
proceeding affecting Seller or any of its properties before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator. 

(f)    No proceeds of any purchase or reinvestment will be used to acquire any equity
security of a class that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

  
 III-1 

 (g)    The Seller is the legal and beneficial
owner of the Pool Receivables and Related Security, free and clear of any Adverse Claim. Upon each purchase or reinvestment, Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) shall acquire a valid and enforceable perfected undivided percentage
ownership or security interest, to the extent of the Purchased Interest, in each Pool Receivable then existing or thereafter arising and in the Related Security, Collections and other proceeds with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse
Claim. The Agreement creates a security interest in favor of the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) in the Pool Assets, and the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) has a first priority perfected security interest in the
Pool Assets, free and clear of any Adverse Claims. No effective financing statement or other instrument similar in effect covering any Pool Asset is on file in any recording office, except those filed in favor of the Seller pursuant to the Sale
Agreement and the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) relating to the Agreement, or in respect of which the Administrator has received evidence satisfactory to the Administrator of acknowledgment copies, or time-stamped receipt copies,
of proper financing statements releasing or terminating, as applicable, all security interests and other rights of any Person in such Pool Asset. 

(h)    Each Information Package (if prepared by the Seller or one of its Affiliates, or to
the extent that information contained therein is supplied by the Seller or an Affiliate), information, exhibit, financial statement, document, book, record or report furnished or to be furnished at any time by or on behalf of the Seller to the
Administrator or any Purchaser Agent in connection with the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party is or will be complete and accurate in all material respects as of its date or as of the date so furnished, and does not
and will not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. 

(i)    The Seller has filed all tax returns and reports required by law to have been filed
by it and has paid all taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing, except any such taxes or charges which are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP
shall have been set aside on its books. 
 (j)    The names and addresses of all the Lock-Box Banks, together with the account numbers of the Lock-Box Accounts at such Lock-Box Banks, are specified in Schedule II to the
Agreement (or at such other Lock-Box Banks and/or with such other Lock-Box Accounts as have been notified to the Administrator in accordance with the Agreement) and all Lock-Box Accounts are subject to Lock-Box Agreements (except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent or as provided in
Section 4.3). Seller has not granted to any Person, other than the Administrator as contemplated by the Agreement, dominion and control of any Lock-Box Account, or the right to take
dominion and control of any such account at a future time or upon the occurrence of a future event. 

(k)    The Seller is not in violation of any order of any court, arbitrator or Governmental
Authority. 

  
 III-2 

 (l)    Neither the Seller nor any of its
Affiliates has any direct or indirect ownership or other financial interest in any Purchaser. 

(m)    No proceeds of any purchase or reinvestment will be used for any purpose that
violates any applicable law, rule or regulation, including Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board. 

(n)    Each Pool Receivable included as an Eligible Receivable in the calculation of the
Net Receivables Pool Balance is an Eligible Receivable. 
 (o)    No event has occurred
and is continuing that constitutes a Termination Event or an Unmatured Termination Event and no event would result from a purchase in respect of, or reinvestment in respect of, the Purchased Interest or from the application of the proceeds therefrom
that constitutes a Termination Event or an Unmatured Termination Event. 
 (p)    The
Seller has accounted for each sale of undivided percentage ownership interests in Receivables in its books and financial statements as sales, consistent with generally accepted accounting principles. 

(q)    The Seller has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection
Policy of each Originator with regard to the Receivables originated by such Originator, unless such Receivables were not Eligible Receivables as of the date of the sale or conveyance of such Receivables by such Originator to the Seller under the
Sale Agreement and the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all such Receivables does not exceed $1,000,000. 

(r)    The Seller has complied in all material respects with all of the terms, covenants
and agreements contained in the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents that are applicable to it and all laws, rules, regulations and orders that are applicable to it. 

(s)    The Seller’s complete corporate name is set forth in the preamble to the
Agreement, and it does not use and has not during the last six years used any other corporate name, trade name, doing-business name or fictitious name, except as set forth on Schedule III to the Agreement and except for names first used after the
date of the Agreement and set forth in a notice delivered to the Administrator pursuant to Section 1(k)(iv) of Exhibit IV to the Agreement. 

(t)    The Seller (i) is not, and is not controlled by, an “investment
company” registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act and (ii) is not a “covered fund” under the Volcker Rule. In determining that the Seller is not a “covered fund” under the Volcker Rule,
the Seller relies on, and is entitled to rely on, the exemption from the definition of “investment company” set forth in Section 3(c)(5) of the Investment Company Act. 

(u)    With respect to each Receivable transferred to the Seller under the Sale Agreement,
Seller has given reasonably equivalent value to the Originator thereof in 

  
 III-3 

 
consideration therefor and such transfer was not made for or on account of an antecedent debt. No transfer by any Originator of any Receivable under the Sale Agreement is or may be voidable under
any section of the Bankruptcy Code. 
 (v)    Each Contract with respect to each
Receivable is effective to create, and has created, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor to pay the Outstanding Balance of the Receivable created thereunder and any accrued interest thereon, enforceable against the Obligor in
accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless
of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law). 
 (w)    Since
its most recent fiscal year end, there has been no change in the business, operations, financial condition, properties or assets of the Seller which would have a Material Adverse Effect on its ability to perform its obligations under the Agreement
or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party or materially and adversely affect the transactions contemplated under the Agreement or such other Transaction Documents. 

(x)    Neither Seller nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agent or Affiliates
(i) is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), (ii) is in violation of (A) any of the
laws, regulations and executive orders administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, including the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-1705), the Trading with the Enemy
Act (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1-44), and the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury regulations (31 C.F.R. Parts 500 et seq.), or (B) the Patriot Act (collectively, the
“Anti-Terrorism Laws”) or (iii) is a Sanctioned Person. No part of the proceeds of any Purchase will be unlawfully used directly or, to its knowledge, indirectly to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities
in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country, or in any other manner that will result in any violation by it or, to its knowledge, by any other Person (including any Affected Person) of any Anti-Terrorism Laws. 

(y)    The Seller has not issued any LCR Securities, and the Seller is a consolidated
subsidiary of Worthington under GAAP. 
 2.    Representations and Warranties of Worthington
(including in its capacity as the Servicer). Worthington, individually and in its capacity as the Servicer, represents and warrants as follows: 

(a)    Worthington is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Ohio, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in every jurisdiction where the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified, except where the failure to be
so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  
 III-4 

 (b)    The execution, delivery and
performance by Worthington, of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, including the Servicer’s use of the proceeds of purchases and reinvestments: (i) are within its corporate powers; (ii) have been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate action; (iii) do not contravene or result in a default under or conflict with: (A) its charter or by-laws, (B) any law, rule or regulation applicable
to it, (C) any material indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (D) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on
or affecting it or any of its property; and (iv) do not result in or require the creation of any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to any of its properties. The Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Worthington is a party have
been duly executed and delivered by Worthington. 
 (c)    No authorization, approval or
other action by, and no notice to or filing with any Governmental Authority or other Person, is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by Worthington of the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party. 

(d)    Each of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Worthington is a
party constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Worthington enforceable against Worthington in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws from time
to time in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. 

(e)    The balance sheets of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at
May 31, 2000, and the related statements of income and retained earnings for the fiscal year then ended, copies of which have been furnished to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent, fairly present the financial condition of Worthington
and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of the operations of Worthington and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and
since May 31, 2000, there has been no event or circumstances which have had a Material Adverse Effect. 

(f)    Except as disclosed in the most recent audited financial statements of Worthington
furnished to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent, there is no pending or, to its best knowledge, threatened action or proceeding affecting it or any of its Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator that could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (g)    No proceeds of any purchase or
reinvestment will be used to acquire any equity security of a class that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

(h)    Each Information Package (if prepared by Worthington or one of its Affiliates, or to
the extent that information contained therein is supplied by Worthington 

  
 III-5 

 
or an Affiliate), information, exhibit, financial statement, document, book, record or report furnished or to be furnished at any time by or on behalf of the Servicer to the Administrator, any
Purchaser or any Purchaser Agent in connection with the Agreement is or will be complete and accurate in all material respects as of its date or as of the date so furnished and does not and will not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit
to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading. 

(i)    The principal place of business and chief executive office (as such terms are used
in the UCC) of Worthington and the office where it keeps its records concerning the Receivables are located at the address referred to in Section 2(b) of Exhibit IV to the Agreement. 

(j)    Worthington is not in violation of any order of any court, arbitrator or
Governmental Authority, which could have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (k)    Neither
Worthington nor any of its Affiliates has any direct or indirect ownership or other financial interest in any Purchaser. 

(l)    The Servicer has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection
Policy of each Originator with regard to the Receivables originated by such Originator, unless such Receivables were not Eligible Receivables as of the date of the sale or conveyance of such Receivables by such Originator to the Seller under the
Sale Agreement and the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all such Receivables does not exceed $1,000,000. 

(m)    Worthington has complied in all material respects with all of the terms, covenants
and agreements contained in the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents that are applicable to it. 

(n)    Worthington is not an “investment company,” or a company
“controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. 

(o)    Since its most recent fiscal year end, there has been no change in the business,
operations, financial condition, properties or assets of the Servicer which would have a Material Adverse Effect on its ability to perform its obligations under the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party or materially and
adversely affect the transactions contemplated under the Agreement or such other Transaction Documents. 

(p)    No license or approval is required for the Administrator or any successor Servicer
to use any program used by the Servicer in the servicing of the Receivables, other than such licenses and approvals that have been obtained and are in full force and effect. 

(q)    United States Federal income tax returns of Worthington and its consolidated
Subsidiaries have been examined and closed through fiscal year ended May 31, 2000. Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries have filed all United States 

  
 III-6 

 
Federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns which are required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by
Worthington or any consolidated Subsidiary. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of taxes or other governmental charges are, in the opinion of Worthington, adequate. 

(r)    Neither Servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or Affiliates
(i) is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), (ii) is in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Laws
or (iii) is a Sanctioned Person. No part of the proceeds of any Purchase hereunder, or any sale of Receivables under the Sale Agreement, in either case, will be unlawfully used directly or, to its knowledge, indirectly to fund any operations
in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country, or in any other manner that will result in any violation by it or, to its knowledge, by any other Person (including any Affected
Person) of any Anti-Terrorism Laws. 

  
 III-7 

 EXHIBIT IV 

COVENANTS 

1.    Covenants of the Seller. Until the latest of the Facility Termination Date, the date on
which no Investment of or Discount in respect of the Purchased Interest shall be outstanding or the date all other amounts owed by the Seller under the Agreement to any Purchaser, Purchaser Agent, the Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or
Affected Person shall be paid in full: 
 (a)    Compliance with Laws,
Etc. The Seller shall comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, and preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises, qualifications and privileges, except to the extent that the failure so to comply
with such laws, rules and regulations or the failure so to preserve and maintain such rights, franchises, qualifications and privileges would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(b)    Offices, Records and Books of Account, Etc. The Seller: (i) shall
not move its principal place of business and chief executive office (as such terms or similar terms are used in the UCC) and the office where it keeps its records concerning the Receivables to an address other than the address of the Seller set
forth under its name on the signature page to the Agreement or, pursuant to clause (k)(iv) below, at any other locations in jurisdictions where all actions reasonably requested by the Administrator to protect and perfect the interest of the
Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) in the Receivables and related items (including the Pool Assets) have been taken and completed and (ii) shall provide the Administrator with at least 30 days’ written notice before making
any change in the Seller’s name or making any other change in the Seller’s identity or corporate structure (including a Change in Control) that could render any UCC financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement
“seriously misleading” as such term (or similar term) is used in the UCC; each notice to the Administrator pursuant to this sentence shall set forth the applicable change and the effective date thereof. The Seller also will maintain and
implement (or cause the Servicer to maintain and implement) administrative and operating procedures (including an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and
keep and maintain (or cause the Servicer to keep and maintain) all documents, books, records, computer tapes and disks and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including records adequate to
permit the daily identification of each Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable). The Seller will (and will cause each Originator to) on or prior to the date of the Agreement, mark its master data processing
records and other books and records relating to the Purchased Interest (and at all times thereafter (until the latest of the Facility Termination Date or the date all other amounts owed by the Seller under the Agreement shall be paid in full)
continue to maintain such records) with a legend, acceptable to the Administrator, describing the Purchased Interest. 

(c)    Performance and Compliance with Contracts and Credit and Collection
Policy. The Seller shall (and shall cause the Servicer to), at its expense, (i) timely 

  
 IV-1 

 
perform and comply in all material respects with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Receivables unless the failure to so
perform or comply does not involve a material portion of such Receivables, and the Seller shall have complied with its obligations with respect to such Receivables set forth in Section 1.4(e), and (ii) timely comply in
all material respects with the applicable Credit and Collection Policies with regard to each Receivable. 

(d)    Ownership Interest, Etc. The Seller shall (and shall cause the Servicer
to), at its expense, take all action necessary or desirable to establish and maintain a valid and enforceable undivided percentage ownership or security interest, to the extent of the Purchased Interest which shall not be greater than 100%, in the
Pool Receivables, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, and a first priority perfected security interest in the Pool Assets, in each case free and clear of any Adverse Claim, in favor of the Administrator (for the benefit of the
Purchasers), including taking such action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interest of the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) as the Administrator, may reasonably request. 

(e)    Sales, Liens, Etc. The Seller shall not sell, assign (by operation of
law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to, any or all of its right, title or interest in, to or under any Pool Assets (including the Seller’s undivided interest in any
Receivable, Related Security or Collections, or upon or with respect to any account to which any Collections of any Receivables are sent), or assign any right to receive income in respect of any items contemplated by this paragraph. 

(f)    Extension or Amendment of Receivables. Except as provided in the Agreement,
the Seller shall not, and shall not permit the Servicer to, extend the maturity or adjust the Outstanding Balance or otherwise modify the terms of any Pool Receivable, or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any related Contract. 

(g)    Change in Business or Credit and Collection Policy. The Seller shall not
make (or permit any Originator to make) any change in the character of its business or in any Credit and Collection Policy, or any change in any Credit and Collection Policy that would have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Receivables.
The Seller shall not make (or permit any Originator to make) any other change in any Credit and Collection Policy without giving prior written notice thereof to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent. 

(h)    Audits. The Seller shall (and shall cause each Originator to), from time
to time during regular business hours, but no more frequently than annually unless (x) a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or (y) in the opinion of the Administrator (with the consent or at the
direction of the Majority Purchasers) reasonable grounds for insecurity exist with respect to the collectibility of a material portion of the Pool Receivables or with respect to the Seller’s performance or ability to perform in any material
respect its obligations under the Agreement, as reasonably requested in advance (unless a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event exists) by the Administrator or any Purchaser, permit the 

  
 IV-2 

 
Administrator or any Purchaser, or agent or representatives of the Administration or any Purchaser: (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books, records and documents
(including computer tapes and disks) in the possession or under the control of the Seller (or any such Originator) relating to Receivables and the Related Security, including the related Contracts, and (ii) to visit the offices and properties
of the Seller and the Originators for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i) above, and to discuss matters relating to Receivables and the Related Security or the Seller’s, Worthington’s or the
Originator’s performance under the Transaction Documents or under the Contracts with any of the officers, employees, agents or contractors of the Seller, Worthington or the Originator having knowledge of such matters and (iii) without
limiting clauses (i) and (ii) above, to engage certified public accountants or other auditors acceptable to the Seller and the Administrator to conduct, at the Seller’s expense, a review of the Seller’s books and records
with respect to such Receivables. 
 (i)    Change in
Lock-Box Banks, Lock-Box Accounts and Payment Instructions to Obligors. The Seller shall not, and shall not permit the Servicer or any Originator to, add or
terminate any bank as a Lock-Box Bank or any account as a Lock-Box Account from those listed in Schedule II to the Agreement, or make any change in its
instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be made to the Seller, the Originators, the Servicer or any Lock-Box Account (or related post office box), unless the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers
shall have consented thereto in writing and the Administrator shall have received copies of all agreements and documents (including Lock-Box Agreements) that it may request in connection therewith.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this paragraph (i) to the contrary, the Seller may add a Permitted Lock-Box Bank as a Lock-Box Bank upon the consent of
the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 

(j)    Deposits to Lock-Box
Accounts. The Seller shall (or shall cause the Servicer to): (i) deposit, or cause to be deposited, any Collections received by it, the Servicer or any Originator into Lock-Box Accounts not later than
one Business Day after receipt thereof, and (ii) instruct all Obligors to make payments of all Receivables to one or more Lock-Box Accounts or to post office boxes to which only Lock-Box Banks have access (and shall instruct the Lock-Box Banks to cause all items and amounts relating to such Receivables received in such post office boxes to be removed
and deposited into a Lock-Box Account on a daily basis). The Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) will, and will cause each Originator to, at all times, maintain such books and records necessary to
(i) identify Collections received from time to time on Pool Receivables, (ii) segregate such Collections from other property of the Servicer and the Originators, (iii) identify Subject Collections received from time to time and
(iv) segregate such Subject Collections from other property of the Servicer and the Originators. The Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall provide such information with respect to Subject Collections deposited into each Lock-Box Account as from time to time reasonably requested by the Administrator. For the avoidance of doubt, Subject Collections shall not be required to be deposited into a
Lock-Box Account and Seller or Servicer may, so long as no Termination Event is then continuing or the Administrator is not then exercising its rights under Section 4.3, at any time
transfer Subject Collections from any Lock-Box Account to such Persons entitled to such funds as identified by Seller or Servicer, such transfer to 

  
 IV-3 

 
be, without any action of the Administrator, the Purchasers or any Purchaser Group, free and clear of any liens or other rights in such Subject Collections which may have arisen in favor the
Administrator, the Purchasers or any Purchaser Group under the Transaction Documents. The Seller shall not permit funds other than (i) Collections on Pool Receivables and (ii) Subject Collections, to be deposited into any Lock-Box Account. If such funds are nevertheless deposited into any Lock-Box Account, the Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) will within two (2) Business Days
identify and transfer such funds to the appropriate Person entitled to such funds. The Seller will not, and will not permit the Servicer, any Originator or any other Person to commingle Collections or other funds to which the Administrator or any
Purchaser is entitled, with any other funds (other than Subject Collections). Except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers or as provided in Section 4.3, each Lock-Box Account shall at all times be subject to a Lock-Box Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Transaction
Documents, if a Cease Commingling Event has occurred: 
 (i)    within one Business Day
following the deposit of any Subject Collections into any Lock-Box Account, the Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall identify the portion of funds deposited into each
Lock-Box Account that represent Subject Collections; 

(ii)    on each Business Day, the Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall provide such
information with respect to Subject Collections deposited into each Lock-Box Account as reasonably requested by the Administrator; and 

(iii)    the Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall instruct the obligor of each
Subject Receivable to cease remitting payments with respect to all Subject Receivables to any Lock-Box Account and to instead remit payments with respect thereto to any other account or lock-box (other than a Lock-Box Account or any other account owned by the Seller) from time to time identified to such obligor; and 

(iv)    that portion of the funds deposited into each
Lock-Box representing Subject Collections shall be transferred to such Persons entitled to such funds as identified by Seller or Servicer. 

(k)    Reporting Requirements. The Seller will provide to the Administrator (in
multiple copies, if requested by the Administrator) and each Purchaser Agent the following: 

(i)    as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal
year of the Seller, unaudited financial statements for such year certified as to accuracy by the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Seller; 

(ii)    as soon as possible and in any event within five days after the occurrence of each
Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event, a statement of the chief financial officer of the Seller setting forth details of such Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event and the action that the Seller has taken and proposes to take
with respect thereto; 

  
 IV-4 

 (iii)    promptly after the filing or
receiving thereof, copies of all reports and notices that the Seller or any Affiliate files under ERISA with the Internal Revenue Service, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the U.S. Department of Labor or that the Seller or any Affiliate
receives from any of the foregoing or from any multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) to which the Seller or any of its Affiliates is or was, within the preceding five years, a contributing employer, in each case
in respect of the assessment of withdrawal liability or an event or condition that could, in the aggregate, result in the imposition of material liability on the Seller and/or any such Affiliate; 

(iv)    at least 30 days before any change in the Seller’s name or any other change
requiring the amendment of UCC financing statements, a notice setting forth such changes and the effective date thereof; 

(v)    promptly after the Seller obtains knowledge thereof, notice of any:
(A) material adverse litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between the Seller and any Person or (B) material litigation or proceeding relating to any Transaction Document; 

(vi)    promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of a Material Adverse Effect in the
business, operations, property or financial or other condition of the Seller, the Servicer or Worthington Industries, Inc. on a consolidated basis; and 

(vii)    such other information respecting the Receivables or the condition or operations,
financial or otherwise, of the Seller or any of its Affiliates as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may from time to time reasonably request. 

(l)    Certain Agreements. Without the prior written consent of the
Administrator and the Majority Purchasers, the Seller will not (and will not permit any Originator to) amend, modify, waive, revoke or terminate any Transaction Document to which it is a party or any provision of Seller’s certificate of
incorporation or by-laws. 
 (m)    Restricted
Payments. (i) Except pursuant to clause (ii) below, the Seller will not: (A) purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock, (B) declare or pay any dividend or set aside any funds for any such purpose,
(C) prepay, purchase or redeem any Debt, (D) lend or advance any funds or (E) repay any loans or advances to, for or from any of its Affiliates (the amounts described in clauses (A) through (E) being referred to as
“Restricted Payments”). 
 (ii)    Subject to the limitations set forth
in clause (iii) below, the Seller may make Restricted Payments so long as such Restricted Payments are made only in one or more of the following ways: (A) the Seller may make cash payments (including prepayments) on the Company Note
in accordance with its terms, and (B) if no amounts are then outstanding under the Company Note, the Seller may declare and pay dividends. 

  
 IV-5 

 (iii)    The Seller may make Restricted
Payments only out of the funds it receives pursuant to Sections 1.4(b)(ii) and (iv) of the Agreement. Furthermore, the Seller shall not pay, make or declare: (A) any dividend if, after giving effect thereto, the Seller’s
tangible net worth would be less than $16,000,000 or (B) any Restricted Payment (including any dividend) if, after giving effect thereto, any Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing. 

(n)    Other Business. The Seller will not: (i) engage in any business
other than the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents; (ii) create, incur or permit to exist any Debt of any kind (or cause or permit to be issued for its account any letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances) other than
pursuant to this Agreement or the Company Note; or (iii) form any Subsidiary or make any investments in any other Person; provided, however, that the Seller shall be permitted to incur minimal obligations to the extent necessary for the day-to-day operations of the Seller (such as expenses for stationery, audits, maintenance of legal status, etc.). 

(o)    Use of Seller’s Share of Collections. The Seller shall apply the
Seller’s Share of Collections to make payments in the following order of priority: (i) the payment of its expenses (including all obligations payable to the Purchaser Groups and the Administrator under the Agreement and under each
Purchaser Group Fee Letter); (ii) the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Company Note; and (iii) other legal and valid corporate purposes. 

(p)    Tangible Net Worth. The Seller will not permit its tangible net worth,
at any time, to be less than $16,000,000. 
 (q)    Commingling. The Seller (or
the Servicer on its behalf) will, and will cause each Originator to, at all times, ensure that for each calendar month, that no more than 10.0% of the aggregate amount of all funds deposited into the Lock-Box
Accounts during such calendar month constitute Subject Collections; provided that during a Cease Commingling Event, the Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reduce the aggregate amount of
all funds deposited into the Lock-Box Accounts during such calendar month that constitute Subject Collections to zero. 

(r)    Liquidity Coverage Ratio. The Seller shall not issue any LCR Security.

 2.    Covenants of the Servicer and Worthington. Until the latest of the Facility
Termination Date, the date on which no Investment of or Discount in respect of the Purchased Interest shall be outstanding or the date all other amounts owed by the Seller under the Agreement to the Purchaser Agents, the Purchasers, the
Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person shall be paid in full: 

(a)    Compliance with Laws, Etc. The Servicer and, to the extent that it
ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington shall comply (and shall cause each Originator to comply) 

  
 IV-6 

 
in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, and preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises, qualifications and privileges, except to
the extent that the failure so to comply with such laws, rules and regulations or the failure so to preserve and maintain such existence, rights, franchises, qualifications and privileges would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(b)    Offices, Records and Books of Account, Etc. The Servicer and, to the
extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall keep (and shall cause each Originator to keep) its principal place of business and chief executive office (as such terms or similar terms are used in the applicable UCC) and the office
where it keeps its records concerning the Receivables at the address of the Servicer set forth under its name on the signature page to the Agreement or, upon at least 30 days’ prior written notice of a proposed change to the Administrator, at
any other locations in jurisdictions where all actions reasonably requested by the Administrator to protect and perfect the interest of the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) in the Receivables and related items (including the Pool
Assets) have been taken and completed. The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, also will (and will cause each Originator to) maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including an ability
to recreate records evidencing Receivables and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records, computer tapes and disks and other information reasonably necessary or
advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable). 

(c)    Performance and Compliance with Contracts and Credit and Collection
Policy. The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall (and shall cause each Originator to), at its expense, (i) timely perform and comply in all material respects with all provisions, covenants
and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Receivables unless the failure to so perform or comply does not involve a material portion of such Receivables, and the Seller shall have complied with its
obligations with respect to such Receivables set forth in Section 1.4(e), and (ii) timely comply in all material respects with the applicable Credit and Collection Policies with regard to each Receivable. 

(d)    Extension or Amendment of Receivables. Except as provided in the
Agreement, the Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall not extend (and shall not permit any Originator to extend), the maturity or adjust the Outstanding Balance or otherwise modify the terms of any Pool
Receivable, or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any related Contract. 

(e)    Change in Business or Credit and Collection Policy. The Servicer and, to
the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall not make (and shall not permit any Originator to make) any change in the character of its business or in any Credit and Collection Policy that would have a Material Adverse Effect. The
Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall not make (and shall not permit any Originator to make) any other change in any Credit and Collection Policy without giving prior written notice thereof to the
Administrator and each Purchaser Agent. 

  
 IV-7 

 (f)    Audits. The Servicer and,
to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall (and shall cause each Originator to), from time to time during regular business hours, but no more frequently than annual unless (x) a Termination Event or Unmatured
Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or (y) in the opinion of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) reasonable grounds for insecurity exist with respect to the collectibility of a
material portion of the Pool Receivables or with respect to the Servicer’s performance or ability to perform in any material respect its obligations under the Agreement, as reasonably requested in advance (unless a Termination Event or
Unmatured Termination Event exists) by the Administrator or a Purchaser, permit the Administrator or a Purchaser, or of the Administrator or any Purchaser agent or representative: (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books,
records and documents (including computer tapes and disks) in its possession or under its control relating to Receivables and the Related Security, including the related Contracts; and (ii) to visit its offices and properties for the purpose of
examining such materials described in clause (i) above, and to discuss matters relating to Receivables and the Related Security or its performance hereunder or under the Contracts with any of its officers, employees, agents or
contractors having knowledge of such matters and (iii) without limiting clauses (i) and (ii) above, to engage certified public accountants or other auditors acceptable to the Servicer and the Administrator to conduct, at the
Servicer’s expense, a review of the Servicer’s books and records with respect to such Receivables. 

(g)    Change in Lock-Box Banks, Lock-Box Accounts and Payment Instructions to Obligors. The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall not (and shall not permit any Originator to) add or terminate any
bank as a Lock-Box Bank or any account as a Lock-Box Account from those listed in Schedule II to the Agreement, or make any change in its instructions to Obligors
regarding payments to be made to the Servicer or any Lock-Box Account (or related post office box), unless the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers shall have consented thereto in writing and the
Administrator shall have received copies of all agreements and documents (including Lock-Box Agreements) that it may request in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained in this paragraph
(g) to the contrary, the Servicer may add a Permitted Lock-Box Bank as a Lock-Box Bank upon the consent of the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
 (h)    Deposits to Lock-Box Accounts. The Servicer shall: (i) deposit, or cause to be deposited, any Collections received by it into Lock-Box Accounts not later than one Business Day
after receipt thereof, and (ii) instruct all Obligors to make payments of all Receivables to one or more Lock-Box Accounts or to post office boxes to which only
Lock-Box Banks have access (and shall instruct the Lock-Box Banks to cause all items and amounts relating to such Receivables received in such post office boxes to be
removed and deposited into a Lock-Box Account on a daily basis). The Servicer will, at all times, maintain such books and records necessary to (i) identify Collections received

  
 IV-8 

 
from time to time on Pool Receivables, (ii) segregate such Collections from other property of the Servicer and the Originators, (iii) identify Subject Collections received from time to
time and (iv) segregate such Subject Collections from other property of the Servicer and the Originators. The Servicer shall provide such information with respect to Subject Collections deposited into each
Lock-Box Account as from time to time reasonably requested by the Administrator. For the avoidance of doubt, Subject Collections shall not be required to be deposited into a
Lock-Box Account and Seller or Servicer may, so long as no Termination Event is then continuing or the Administrator is not then exercising its rights under Section 4.3, at any time
transfer Subject Collections from any Lock-Box Account to such Persons entitled to such funds as identified by Seller or Servicer, such transfer to be, without any action of the Administrator, the Purchasers
or any Purchaser Group, free and clear of any liens or other rights in such Subject Collections which may have arisen in favor the Administrator, the Purchasers or any Purchaser Group under the Transaction Documents. The Servicer shall not permit
funds other than (i) Collections on Pool Receivables and (ii) Subject Collections, to be deposited into any Lock-Box Account. If such funds are nevertheless deposited into any Lock-Box Account, the Servicer will within two (2) Business Days identify and transfer such funds to the appropriate Person entitled to such funds. The Servicer will not, and will not permit the Seller, any
Originator or any other Person to commingle Collections or other funds to which the Administrator or any Purchaser is entitled, with any other funds (other than Subject Collections). Except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Administrator and
the Majority Purchasers or as provided in Section 4.3, each Lock-Box Account shall at all times be subject to a Lock-Box Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents, if a Cease Commingling Event has occurred: 

(i)    within one Business Day following the deposit of any Subject Collections into any Lock-Box Account, the Servicer shall identify the portion of funds deposited into each Lock-Box Account that represent Subject Collections; 

(ii)    on each Business Day, the Servicer shall provide such information with respect to
Subject Collections deposited into each Lock-Box Account as reasonably requested by the Administrator; and 

(iii)    the Servicer shall instruct the obligor of each Subject Receivable to cease
remitting payments with respect to all Subject Receivables to any Lock-Box Account and to instead remit payments with respect thereto to any other account or lock-box
(other than a Lock-Box Account or any other account owned by the Seller) from time to time identified to such obligor; and 

(iv)    that portion of the funds deposited into each
Lock-Box representing Subject Collections shall be transferred to such Persons entitled to such funds as identified by Seller or Servicer. 

  
 IV-9 

 (i)    Reporting Requirements.
Worthington shall provide to the Administrator (in multiple copies, if requested by the Administrator) and each Purchaser Agent the following: 

(i)    as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of the first
three quarters of each fiscal year of Worthington, balance sheets of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries and of Seller as of the end of such quarter and statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow of Worthington and its
consolidated Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, certified by the chief financial officer of such Person; 

(ii)    as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal
year of Worthington and of Seller, a copy of the annual report for such year for Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries, containing financial statements for such year audited by independent certified public accountants of nationally
recognized standing; 
 (iii)    as to the Servicer only, as soon as available and in any
event not later than two Business Days prior to the Settlement Date, an Information Package as of the last day of such month or, within 10 Business Days of a request by the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent, an Information Package for such
periods as is specified by the Administrator or such Purchaser Agent (including on a semi-monthly, weekly or daily basis); 

(iv)    as soon as possible and in any event within five days after becoming aware of the
occurrence of each Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event, a statement of the chief financial officer of Worthington setting forth details of such Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event and the action that such Person has taken
and proposes to take with respect thereto; 
 (v)    promptly after the sending or filing
thereof, copies of all reports that Worthington sends to any of its security holders, and copies of all reports and registration statements that Worthington or any Subsidiary files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national
securities exchange; provided, that any filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission that have been granted “confidential” treatment shall be provided promptly after such filings have become publicly available; 

(vi)    promptly after the filing or receiving thereof, copies of all reports and notices
that Worthington or any of its Affiliate files under ERISA with the Internal Revenue Service, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the U.S. Department of Labor or that such Person or any of its Affiliates receives from any of the foregoing or
from any multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) to which such Person or any of its Affiliate is or was, within the preceding five years, a contributing employer, in each case in respect of the assessment of
withdrawal liability or an event or condition that could, in the aggregate, result in the imposition of a material liability on Worthington and/or any such Affiliate; 

  
 IV-10 

 (vii)    at least thirty days before any
change in Worthington’s or any Originator’s name or any other change requiring the amendment of UCC financing statements, a notice setting forth such changes and the effective date thereof; 

(viii)    promptly after Worthington obtains knowledge thereof, notice of any:
(A) litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between Worthington or any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority that, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, would reasonably be expected
to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (B) litigation or proceeding adversely affecting such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in which the amount involved is more than $2,000,000 and not covered by insurance or in which injunctive or similar
relief is sought and which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or (C) litigation or proceeding relating to any Transaction Document; 

(ix)    promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of a Material Adverse Effect in the
business, operations, property or financial or other condition of the Servicer, the Seller or Worthington Industries, Inc. on a consolidated basis; 

(x)    promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any downgrade of Worthington; 

(xi)    such other information respecting the Receivables or the condition or operations,
financial or otherwise, of Worthington or any of its Affiliates as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may from time to time reasonably request; and 

(xii)    promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any material acquisition or
investment by Worthington of or in any Person, business or operation. 

(j)    Commingling. The Servicer will, and will cause each Originator to, at all
times, ensure that for each calendar month, that no more than 10.0% of the aggregate amount of all funds deposited into the Lock-Box Accounts during such calendar month constitute Subject Collections;
provided that during a Cease Commingling Event, the Servicer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reduce the aggregate amount of all funds deposited into the Lock-Box Accounts during
such calendar month that constitute Subject Collections to zero. 
 3.    Separate Existence.
Each of the Seller and Worthington hereby acknowledges that the Purchasers, the Purchaser Agents, the Administrator and the Liquidity Providers are entering into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents in
reliance upon the Seller’s identity as a legal entity separate from Worthington and its Affiliates. Therefore, from and after the date hereof, each of the Seller and Worthington shall take all steps specifically required by the Agreement or
reasonably required by the Administrator to continue the Seller’s identity as a separate legal entity and to make it apparent to third Persons that the 

  
 IV-11 

 
Seller is an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of Worthington and any other Person, and is not a division of Worthington, its Affiliates or any other Person. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing and in addition to and consistent with the other covenants set forth herein, each of the Seller and Worthington shall take such actions as shall be required in order that: 

(a)    The Seller will be a limited purpose corporation whose primary activities are
restricted in its certificate of incorporation to: (i) purchasing or otherwise acquiring from the Originators, owning, holding, granting security interests or selling interests in Pool Assets, (ii) entering into agreements for the selling
and servicing of the Receivables Pool, and (iii) conducting such other activities as it deems necessary or appropriate to carry out its primary activities; 

(b)    The Seller shall not engage in any business or activity, or incur any indebtedness
or liability, other than as expressly permitted by the Transaction Documents; 

(c)    Not less than one member of the Seller’s Board of Directors shall be an
individual who (A) has (1) prior experience as an independent director for a corporation or limited liability company whose charter documents required the unanimous consent of all Independent Directors thereof before such corporation or limited
liability company could consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or could file a petition seeking relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy and (2) at least three years of
employment experience with Amacar Group, L.L.C., Lord Securities Corporation, Global Securitization Services LLC or one or more other nationally recognized entities that provide, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, advisory,
management or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities (each, a “Securitization Management Provider”), (B) is employed by a Securitization Management Provider , (C)
is reasonably acceptable to the Administrator as evidenced in a writing executed by the Administrator and (D) is not, and has not been for a period of five years prior to his or her appointment as an Independent Director of the Seller:
(1) a stockholder (whether direct, indirect or beneficial), customer, advisor or supplier of Worthington or any of its respective Affiliates, (2) a director, officer, employee, partner, manager, attorney, affiliate, associate or consultant
of Worthington or any of its Affiliates (Worthington and its Affiliates other than the Seller being hereinafter referred to as the “Parent Group”), (3) a person related to any person referred to in clauses (1) or
(2) above, (4) a person or other entity controlling or under common control with any such stockholder, partner, manager, customer, supplier, employee, officer or director or (5) a trustee, conservator or receiver for any member of
the Parent Group (such an individual meeting the requirements set forth above, the “Independent Director”). It being understood that, as used in this paragraph (c), “control” means the possession directly or
indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of management policies or activities of a person or entity whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The certificate of incorporation of the Seller shall
provide: (i) for the same definition of “Independent Director” as set forth above, (ii) that the Seller’s Board of Directors shall not approve, or take any other action to cause the filing of, a voluntary bankruptcy petition
with respect 

  
 IV-12 

 
to the Seller unless the Independent Director shall approve the taking of such action in writing before the taking of such action, (iii) that the provisions described in clauses (i) and
(ii) cannot be amended without the prior written consent of the Independent Director and (iv) the provisions described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) may not be amended without the prior written consent of the Agent;

 (d)    The Independent Director shall not at any time serve as a trustee in bankruptcy
for the Seller, Worthington or any Affiliate thereof; 
 (e)    Any employee, consultant
or agent of the Seller will be compensated from the Seller’s funds for services provided to the Seller. The Seller will not engage any agents other than its attorneys, auditors and other professionals, and a servicer and any other agent
contemplated by the Transaction Documents for the Receivables Pool, which servicer will be fully compensated for its services by payment of the Servicing Fee, and a manager, which manager will be fully compensated from the Seller’s funds; 

(f)    The Seller will contract with the Servicer to perform for the Seller all operations
required on a daily basis to service the Receivables Pool. The Seller will pay the Servicer the Servicing Fee pursuant to the Agreement. The Seller will not incur any material indirect or overhead expenses for items shared with Worthington (or any
other Affiliate thereof) that are not reflected in the Servicing Fee. To the extent, if any, that the Seller (or any Affiliate thereof) shares items of expenses not reflected in the Servicing Fee or the manager’s fee, such as legal, auditing
and other professional services, such expenses will be allocated to the extent practical on the basis of actual use or the value of services rendered, and otherwise on a basis reasonably related to the actual use or the value of services rendered;
it being understood that Worthington shall pay all expenses relating to the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents, including legal, agency and other fees; 

(g)    The Seller’s operating expenses will not be paid by Worthington or any other
Affiliate thereof; 
 (h)    All of the Seller’s business correspondence and other
communications shall be conducted in the Seller’s own name and on its own separate stationery; 

(i)    The Seller’s books and records will be maintained separately from those of
Worthington and any other Affiliate thereof; 
 (j)    All financial statements of
Worthington or any Affiliate thereof that are consolidated to include Seller will contain detailed notes clearly stating that: (i) a special purpose corporation exists as a Subsidiary of Worthington, and (ii) the Originators have sold
receivables and other related assets to such special purpose Subsidiary that, in turn, has sold undivided interests therein to certain financial institutions and other entities; 

(k)    The Seller’s assets will be maintained in a manner that facilitates their
identification and segregation from those of Worthington or any Affiliate thereof; 

  
 IV-13 

 (l)    The Seller will strictly observe
corporate formalities in its dealings with Worthington or any Affiliate thereof, and funds or other assets of the Seller will not be commingled with those of Worthington or any Affiliate thereof except as permitted by the Agreement in connection
with servicing the Pool Receivables. The Seller shall not maintain joint bank accounts or other depository accounts to which Worthington or any Affiliate thereof (other than Worthington in its capacity as the Servicer) has independent access. The
Seller is not named, and has not entered into any agreement to be named, directly or indirectly, as a direct or contingent beneficiary or loss payee on any insurance policy with respect to any loss relating to the property of Worthington or any
Subsidiary or other Affiliate of Worthington. The Seller will pay to the appropriate Affiliate the marginal increase or, in the absence of such increase, the market amount of its portion of the premium payable with respect to any insurance policy
that covers the Seller and such Affiliate; 
 (m)    The Seller will maintain arm’s-length relationships with Worthington (and any Affiliate thereof). Any Person that renders or otherwise furnishes services to the Seller will be compensated by the Seller at market rates for such services
it renders or otherwise furnishes to the Seller. Neither the Seller nor Worthington will be or will hold itself out to be responsible for the debts of the other or the decisions or actions respecting the daily business and affairs of the other. The
Seller and Worthington will immediately correct any known misrepresentation with respect to the foregoing, and they will not operate or purport to operate as an integrated single economic unit with respect to each other or in their dealing with any
other entity; 
 (n)    Worthington shall not pay the salaries of Seller’s
employees, if any; and 
 (o)    At all times that this Agreement is in effect, the
Seller will provide for not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrator of the replacement or appointment of any director that is to serve as an Independent Director (or, if such replacement or appointment
is due to a reason other than any direct or indirect action by the Seller, the Servicer or a stockholder or beneficial interest holder in the Seller (or any director (other than such Independent Director), officer, employee, or affiliate thereof),
the Seller will provide for prompt written notice upon Seller’s knowledge or notice (but in no event more than one (1) Business Day following such knowledge or notice)), in each case such notice to include the identity of the proposed
replacement Independent Director, together with a certification that such replacement satisfies the requirements for an Independent Director set forth in this Agreement and the certificate of incorporation of the Seller. 

  
 IV-14 

 EXHIBIT V 

TERMINATION EVENTS 

Each of the following shall be a “Termination Event”: 

(a)    (i) the Seller, Worthington, any Originator or the Servicer shall fail to perform or observe any
term, covenant or agreement under the Agreement or any other Transaction Document and, except as otherwise provided herein, such failure shall continue for more than five Business Days after knowledge or notice thereof, (ii) the Seller or the
Servicer shall fail to make when due any payment or deposit to be made by it under the Agreement and such failure shall continue unremedied for one Business Day or (iii) Worthington shall resign as Servicer, and no successor Servicer reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers shall have been appointed; 

(b)    Worthington (or any Affiliate thereof) shall fail to transfer to any successor Servicer when
required any rights pursuant to the Agreement that Worthington (or such Affiliate) then has as Servicer; 

(c)    any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Seller, Worthington or any Originator (or
any of their respective officers) under or in connection with the Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or any information or report delivered by the Seller, Worthington or any Originator or the Servicer pursuant to the Agreement or any other
Transaction Document, shall prove to have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered; provided however, that if the representation and warranty contained in Sections 1(g),
1(n) or 1(v) of Exhibit III shall prove to have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered, such breach shall not constitute a Termination Event if the Seller shall have complied with
its obligations with respect to such Receivable set forth in Section 1.4(e); 

(d)    the Seller or the Servicer shall fail to deliver the Information Package pursuant to the Agreement,
and such failure shall remain unremedied for two Business Days; 
 (e)    the Agreement or any purchase
or reinvestment pursuant to the Agreement shall for any reason: (i) cease to create, or the Purchased Interest shall for any reason cease to be, a valid and enforceable perfected undivided percentage ownership or security interest to the extent
of the Purchased Interest in each Pool Receivable, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, or (ii) cease to create with respect to the Pool Assets, or the interest of the Administrator
(for the benefit of the Purchasers) with respect to such Pool Assets shall cease to be, a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest, free and clear of any Adverse Claim; 

(f)    the Seller, Worthington or any Originator shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become
due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Seller, Worthington or any Originator seeking to
adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization

  
 V-1 

 
or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property
and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including the entry of an
order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the Seller, Worthington or any Originator shall take any organizational
action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this paragraph; 
 (g)    (i) (A) the
Default Ratio shall exceed 1.50%, or (B) the Delinquency Ratio shall exceed 6.00% or (ii) the average for three consecutive calendar months of (A) the Default Ratio shall exceed 1.25%, (B) the Delinquency Ratio shall exceed 5.00%, or
(C) the Dilution Ratio shall exceed 2.50%; 
 (h)    a Change in Control shall occur with respect
to Seller, any Originator or Worthington; 
 (i)    at any time (i) the sum of (A) the
Aggregate Investment plus (B) the Total Reserves, exceeds (ii) the sum of (A) the Net Receivables Pool Balance at such time plus (B) the Purchasers’ Share of the amount of Collections then on deposit in the Lock-Box Accounts (other than amounts set aside therein representing Discount and Fees), and such circumstance shall not have been cured within two Business Days; 

(j)    (i) Worthington or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or
interest on any of its Debt that is outstanding in a principal amount of at least $50,000,000 in the aggregate when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such
failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to such Debt (and shall have not been waived); or (ii) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist
under any agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to any such Debt and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument (and shall have not been waived), if, in
either case: (a) the effect of such non-payment, event or condition is to give the applicable debtholders the right (whether acted upon or not) to accelerate the maturity of such Debt, or (b) any
such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), redeemed, purchased or defeased, or an offer to repay, redeem, purchase or defease such Debt shall be required to
be made, in each case before the stated maturity thereof; 
 (k)    either: (i) a contribution
failure shall occur with respect to any Benefit Plan sufficient to give rise to a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA, (ii) the Internal Revenue Service shall file a notice of lien asserting a claim or claims of $25,000,000 or more in the
aggregate pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code with regard to any of the assets of Seller, any Originator, Worthington or any ERISA Affiliate and such lien shall have been filed and not released within 10 days, or (iii) the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation shall, or shall indicate its intention in writing to the Seller, any Originator, Worthington or any ERISA Affiliate to, either file a notice of lien asserting a claim pursuant to ERISA with regard to any assets of the Seller,
any 

  
 V-2 

 
Originator, Worthington or any ERISA Affiliate or terminate any Benefit Plan that has unfunded benefit liabilities, or any steps shall have been taken to terminate any Benefit Plan subject to
Title IV of ERISA so as to result in any liability in excess of $50,000,000 and such lien shall have been filed and not released within 10 days; 

(l)    one or more final judgments for the payment of money shall be entered against the Seller or
(ii) one or more final judgments for the payment of money in an amount in excess of $50,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, shall be entered against the Servicer on claims not covered by insurance or as to which the insurance carrier has
denied its responsibility, and such judgment shall continue unsatisfied and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days without a stay of execution; 

(m)    the “Purchase and Sale Termination Date” under and as defined in the Sale Agreement shall
occur under the Sale Agreement or any Originator shall for any reason cease to transfer, or cease to have the legal capacity to transfer, or otherwise be incapable of transferring Receivables to the Seller under the Sale Agreement; 

(n)    Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s shall request any amendment, supplement or other
modification of the Agreement or any other Transaction Document which is not made within 10 Business Days after the applicable Purchaser Agent has provided notice thereof to the parties hereto; or 

(o)    (i) the Seller shall fail to perform or observe any covenant or agreement set forth in
paragraphs 3(c) or 3(o) of Exhibit IV or (ii) any Person shall be appointed or replaced as an Independent Director of the Seller without the prior written consent of the Administrator, such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld so long as such appointed or replacement Independent Director satisfies the requirements for an “Independent Director” set forth in Section 3(c) of Exhibit IV. 

  
 V-3 

 SCHEDULE I 

CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICY 

  
 Schedule I-1 

 SCHEDULE II 

LOCK-BOX BANKS AND LOCK-BOX ACCOUNTS 

 

									
	 Lock-Box Bank
	  	Lock-Box	 	  	Account	 
	 JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
	  	 
 
 
	27404
 27406

27388
	 
  
  
	  	 
 
 
	557395865
 557395873

557506008
	 
  
  

  
 Schedule II-1 

 SCHEDULE III 

TRADE NAMES 
  

			
	 Organizational Name
	  	Trade Names / Fictitious Names
	 Worthington Receivables Corporation
	  	 None

  
 Schedule III-1 

 SCHEDULE IV 

[RESERVED] 

  
 Schedule IV-1 

 SCHEDULE V 

INELIGIBLE OBLIGORS 
 1.
Duffy Tool and Stamping, LLC 
 2. Bettcher Manufacturing LLC 

  
 Schedule V-1 

 ANNEX A 

to Receivables Purchase Agreement 

FORM OF INFORMATION PACKAGE 

  
 Annex A-1 

 ANNEX B 

to Receivables Purchase Agreement 

FORM OF PURCHASE NOTICE 

                 ,
20     
 PNC Bank, National Association 

Three PNC Plaza 
 225 Fifth Avenue

 Pittsburgh, PA 15222-2707 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 

Reference is hereby made to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2000 (as heretofore amended or
supplemented, the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”), among Worthington Receivables Corporation (“Seller”), Worthington Industries, Inc., as Servicer, the various other Purchaser Groups from time to time a party
thereto and PNC Bank National Association, as a purchaser (a “Purchaser”) and the administrator (the “Administrator”). Capitalized terms used in this Purchase Notice and not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings assigned thereto in the Receivables Purchase Agreement. 
 This letter constitutes a Purchase Notice
pursuant to Section 1.2(a) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement. Seller desires to sell an undivided variable interest in a pool of receivables on
            , [20    ], for a purchase price of $        . Subsequent to this Purchase, the Aggregate
Investment will be $        . 
 Seller hereby represents and warrants as of
the date hereof, and as of the date of Purchase, as follows: 
 (i) the representations and warranties contained in
Exhibit III of the Receivables Purchase Agreement are correct on and as of such dates as though made on and as of such dates and shall be deemed to have been made on such dates; 

(ii) no Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such purchase;

 (iii) after giving effect to the purchase proposed hereby, the Aggregate Investment of the Purchased Interest will not
exceed 100% and the Aggregate Investment will not exceed the Purchase Limit; and 
 (iv) the Facility Termination
Date shall not have occurred. 

  
 Annex B-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Purchase Notice to be
executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	 WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

		
	 By:
	 	
                  
                       

	 Name Printed:

	 Title:
	 	

  
 Annex B-2 

 ANNEX C 

to Receivables Purchase Agreement 

FORM OF ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT 

  
 Annex C-1 

 ANNEX D 

to Receivables Purchase Agreement 

FORM OF TRANSFER SUPPLEMENT 

  
 Annex D-1 

 ANNEX E 

to Receivables Purchase Agreement 

FORM OF EXCLUDED OBLIGOR REQUEST 

            , 20     

PNC Bank, National Association 

Three PNC Plaza 
 225 Fifth Avenue

 Pittsburgh, PA 15222-2707 

[Each other Purchaser Agent] 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 

Reference is hereby made to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2000 (as amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”), among Worthington Receivables Corporation (“Seller”), Worthington Industries, Inc., as Servicer, the various other
Purchaser Groups from time to time a party thereto and PNC Bank National Association, as a purchaser (a “Purchaser”) and the administrator (the “Administrator”). Capitalized terms used in this Excluded
Obligor Request (this “Request”) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Receivables Purchase Agreement. 

This Request constitutes an Excluded Obligor Request pursuant to Section 6.15 of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement. The Servicer, on behalf of the Seller, desires to designate the Obligor                      as a Excluded Obligor
effective as of             , 20     (the “Excluded Obligor Date”). 

Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a copy of the UCC-3 financing statement
amendment that the Servicer proposes to be filed by [the Administrator] [the Servicer] on or promptly following the Excluded Obligor Date in connection with this Request. 

Each of Seller and the Servicer hereby represents and warrants, as to itself, to the Administrator, each Purchaser and each
Purchaser Agent, as of the date hereof, and as of the Excluded Obligor Date, as follows: 

(i)     the representations and warranties contained in Exhibit III of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such dates as though made on and as of such dates and shall be deemed to have been made on such dates (except for representations and warranties that apply solely to an
earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date); 

 (ii)    no Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event
has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the proposed designation of such Obligor as a Excluded Obligor; 

(iii)    after giving effect to such proposed designation of such Obligor as a Excluded Obligor, the
Aggregate Investment does not exceed the Purchase Limit, and the Purchased Interest does not exceed 100%; and 

(iv)    the Facility Termination Date has not occurred. 

[Signature Pages Follow] 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Request to be executed by its
duly authorized officer as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	 WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	
                  
                                         
  

	 Name:
	 	
                  
                                         
  

	 Title:
	 	
                  
                                         
  

	
	 WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

		
	 By:
	 	
                  
                                         
  

	 Name:
	 	
                  
                                         
  

	 Title:
	 	
                  
                                         
  

			
	 ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED 

	
	 PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrator

		
	 By:
	 	
                  
                                         
  

	 Name:
	 	
                  
                                         
  

	 Title:
	 	
                  
                                         
  

			
	 EXHIBIT I
	  	 Definitions

	 EXHIBIT II
	  	 Conditions of Purchases

	 EXHIBIT III
	  	 Representations and Warranties

	 EXHIBIT IV
	  	 Covenants

	 EXHIBIT V
	  	 Termination Events

		
	 SCHEDULE I
	  	 Credit and Collection Policy

		
	 SCHEDULE II
	  	 Lock-Box Banks and Lock-Box
Accounts

	 SCHEDULE III
	  	 Trade Names

		
	 ANNEX A
	  	 Form of Information Package

	 ANNEX B
	  	 Form of Purchase Notice

	 ANNEX C
	  	 Form of Assumption Agreement

	 ANNEX D
	  	 Form of Transfer Supplement

	 ANNEX E
	  	 Form of Excluded Obligor Request

 CONTENTS 
  

							
	 Clause
	 	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE I
	 	 AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE PURCHASES
	  	 	1	 
			
	 Section 1.1.
	 	 Purchase Facility
	  	 	1	 
			
	 Section 1.2.
	 	 Making Purchases
	  	 	2	 
			
	 Section 1.3.
	 	 Purchased Interest Computation
	  	 	4	 
			
	 Section 1.4.
	 	 Settlement Procedures
	  	 	4	 
			
	 Section 1.5.
	 	 Fees
	  	 	9	 
			
	 Section 1.6.
	 	 Payments and Computations, Etc
	  	 	9	 
			
	 Section 1.7.
	 	 Increased Costs
	  	 	9	 
			
	 Section 1.8.
	 	 Requirements of Law
	  	 	10	 
			
	 Section 1.9.
	 	 Inability to Determine Euro-Rate or LMIR
	  	 	11	 
			
	 Section 1.10.
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	12	 
			
	 ARTICLE II
	 	 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS; TERMINATION EVENTS
	  	 	12	 
			
	 Section 2.1.
	 	 Representations and Warranties; Covenants
	  	 	12	 
			
	 Section 2.2.
	 	 Termination Events
	  	 	12	 
			
	 ARTICLE III
	 	 INDEMNIFICATION
	  	 	12	 
			
	 Section 3.1.
	 	 Indemnities by the Seller
	  	 	12	 
			
	 Section 3.2.
	 	 Indemnities by the Servicer
	  	 	14	 
			
	 ARTICLE IV
	 	 ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTIONS
	  	 	15	 
			
	 Section 4.1.
	 	 Appointment of the Servicer
	  	 	15	 
			
	 Section 4.2.
	 	 Duties of the Servicer
	  	 	16	 
			
	 Section 4.3.
	 	 Lock-Box Account Arrangements
	  	 	17	 
			
	 Section 4.4.
	 	 Enforcement Rights
	  	 	17	 
			
	 Section 4.5.
	 	 Responsibilities of the Seller
	  	 	18	 
			
	 Section 4.6.
	 	 Servicing Fee
	  	 	19	 
			
	 ARTICLE V
	 	 THE AGENTS
	  	 	19	 
			
	 Section 5.1.
	 	 Appointment and Authorization
	  	 	19	 
			
	 Section 5.2.
	 	 Delegation of Duties
	  	 	20	 
			
	 Section 5.3.
	 	 Exculpatory Provisions
	  	 	20	 
			
	 Section 5.4.
	 	 Reliance by Agents
	  	 	20	 
			
	 Section 5.5.
	 	 Notice of Termination Events
	  	 	21	 

 CONTENTS 
  

							
	 Clause
	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 5.6.
	 	
Non-Reliance on Administrator, Purchaser 
Agents and Other Purchasers
	  	 	22	 
			
	 Section 5.7.
	 	 Administrators and Affiliates
	  	 	22	 
			
	 Section 5.8.
	 	 Indemnification
	  	 	22	 
			
	 Section 5.9.
	 	 Successor Administrator
	  	 	23	 
			
	 ARTICLE VI
	 	 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	23	 
			
	 Section 6.1.
	 	 Amendments, Etc
	  	 	23	 
			
	 Section 6.2.
	 	 Notices, Etc
	  	 	24	 
			
	 Section 6.3.
	 	 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments
	  	 	24	 
			
	 Section 6.4.
	 	 Costs, Expenses and Taxes
	  	 	26	 
			
	 Section 6.5.
	 	 No Proceedings; Limitation on Payments
	  	 	26	 
			
	 Section 6.6.
	 	 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION
	  	 	27	 
			
	 Section 6.7.
	 	 Execution in Counterparts
	  	 	27	 
			
	 Section 6.8.
	 	 Survival of Termination
	  	 	27	 
			
	 Section 6.9.
	 	 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
	  	 	27	 
			
	 Section 6.10.
	 	 Sharing of Recoveries
	  	 	28	 
			
	 Section 6.11.
	 	 Right of Setoff
	  	 	28	 
			
	 Section 6.12.
	 	 Entire Agreement
	  	 	28	 
			
	 Section 6.13.
	 	 Headings
	  	 	28	 
			
	 Section 6.14.
	 	 Purchaser Groups’ Liabilities
	  	 	28	 
			
	 Section 6.15.
	 	 Excluded Obligors
	  	 	29EX-4.1

Table of Contents

 Exhibit 4.1 

MYLAN INC. 
 4.550%
SENIOR NOTES DUE 2028 
 5.200% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2048 

INDENTURE 
 Dated as of
April 9, 2018 
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON 

as Trustee 

Table of Contents

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	 	  	Page	 
		
	ARTICLE I	  			
	 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 
	  			
	 Section 1.01. Definitions.
	  	 	1	 
		
	 Section 1.02. Other Definitions.
	  	 	14	 
		
	 Section 1.03. Rules of Construction.
	  	 	15	 
		
	 Section 1.04. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture
Act.
	  	 	16	 
		
	ARTICLE II	  	 	 
	 THE NOTES
  
	  	 	 
	 Section 2.01. Amount of Notes.
	  	 	16	 
		
	 Section 2.02. Form and Dating.
	  	 	16	 
		
	 Section 2.03. Execution and Authentication.
	  	 	17	 
		
	 Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.
	  	 	17	 
		
	 Section 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.
	  	 	17	 
		
	 Section 2.06. Holder Lists.
	  	 	18	 
		
	 Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange.
	  	 	18	 
		
	 Section 2.08. Replacement Notes.
	  	 	18	 
		
	 Section 2.09. Outstanding Notes.
	  	 	19	 
		
	 Section 2.10. Treasury Notes.
	  	 	19	 
		
	 Section 2.11. Temporary Notes.
	  	 	19	 
		
	 Section 2.12. Cancellation.
	  	 	19	 
		
	 Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest.
	  	 	19	 
		
	 Section 2.14. CUSIP Number.
	  	 	20	 
		
	 Section 2.15. Deposit of Moneys.
	  	 	20	 
		
	 Section 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global
Notes.
	  	 	20	 
		
	 Section 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions.
	  	 	21	 
		
	 Section 2.18. Computation of Interest.
	  	 	23	 
		
	ARTICLE III	  	 	 
	 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
  
	  	 	 
	 Section 3.01. Election To Redeem; Notices to
Trustee.
	  	 	23	 
		
	 Section 3.02. Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be
Redeemed.
	  	 	24	 
		
	 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption.
	  	 	24	 
		
	 Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.
	  	 	25	 
		
	 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.
	  	 	25	 
		
	 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.
	  	 	25	 
		
	 Section 3.07. Optional Redemption.
	  	 	25	 

  
 i 

Table of Contents

					
		
	ARTICLE IV	  	 	 
	 COVENANTS
  
	  	 	 
	 Section 4.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and
Interest.
	  	 	26	 
		
	 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	  	 	26	 
		
	 Section 4.03. Reports to Holders.
	  	 	27	 
		
	 Section 4.04. Corporate Existence.
	  	 	27	 
		
	 Section 4.05. Money for Notes Payments To Be Held in
Trust.
	  	 	28	 
		
	 Section 4.06. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.
	  	 	28	 
		
	 Section 4.07. Limitation on Liens.
	  	 	29	 
		
	 Section 
4.08. Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event.
	  	 	29	 
		
	 Section 4.09. Restrictions on Sale Leaseback
Transactions.
	  	 	30	 
		
	 Section 4.10. Additional Guarantees.
	  	 	30	 
		
	 Section 4.11. Compliance Certificate.
	  	 	31	 
		
	 Section 4.12. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
	  	 	31	 
		
	ARTICLE V	  	 	 
	 SUCCESSORS
  
	  	 	 
	 Section 5.01. Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.

	  	 	31	 
		
	ARTICLE VI	  	 	 
	 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
  
	  	 	 
	 Section 6.01. Events of Default.
	  	 	32	 
		
	 Section 6.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission.
	  	 	33	 
		
	 Section 6.03. Other Remedies.
	  	 	34	 
		
	 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults and Events of
Default.
	  	 	34	 
		
	 Section 6.05. Control by Majority.
	  	 	34	 
		
	 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits.
	  	 	35	 
		
	 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.
	  	 	35	 
		
	 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.
	  	 	35	 
		
	 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
	  	 	35	 
		
	 Section 6.10. Priorities.
	  	 	36	 
		
	 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.
	  	 	36	 
		
	 Section 6.12. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
	  	 	36	 
		
	ARTICLE VII	  	 	 
	 TRUSTEE
  
	  	 	 
	 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee.
	  	 	36	 
		
	 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee.
	  	 	37	 
		
	 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.
	  	 	38	 
		
	 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	  	 	39	 

  
 ii 

Table of Contents

					
		
	 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults.
	  	 	39	 
		
	 Section 7.06. Compensation and Indemnity.
	  	 	39	 
		
	 Section 7.07. Replacement of Trustee.
	  	 	40	 
		
	 Section 7.08. Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger,
etc.
	  	 	40	 
		
	 Section 7.09. Eligibility; Disqualification.
	  	 	41	 
		
	 Section 7.10. Reports by Trustee to Holders.
	  	 	41	 
		
	 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against
Company.
	  	 	41	 
		
	ARTICLE VIII	  	 	 
	 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 
	  	 	 
	 Section 8.01. Without Consent of Holders.
	  	 	41	 
		
	 Section 8.02. With Consent of Holders.
	  	 	42	 
		
	 Section 8.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents.
	  	 	43	 
		
	 Section 8.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
	  	 	43	 
		
	 Section 8.05. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	44	 
		
	ARTICLE IX	  	 	 
	 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 
	  	 	 
	 Section 
9.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance.
	  	 	44	 
		
	 Section 9.02. Conditions to Defeasance.
	  	 	45	 
		
	 Section 
9.03. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
	  	 	46	 
		
	 Section 9.04. Reinstatement.
	  	 	46	 
		
	 Section 9.05. Moneys Held by Paying Agent.
	  	 	46	 
		
	 Section 9.06. Moneys Held by Trustee.
	  	 	47	 
		
	ARTICLE X	  	 	 
	 GUARANTEES
  
	  	 	 
	 Section 10.01. Guarantee.
	  	 	47	 
		
	 Section 10.02. Severability.
	  	 	48	 
		
	 Section 10.03. Limitation of Liability.
	  	 	48	 
		
	 Section 10.04. Contribution.
	  	 	49	 
		
	 Section 10.05. Subrogation.
	  	 	49	 
		
	 Section 10.06. Reinstatement.
	  	 	49	 
		
	 Section 10.07. Release of a Guarantor.
	  	 	49	 
		
	 Section 10.08. Benefits Acknowledged.
	  	 	49	 
		
	ARTICLE XI	  	 	 
	 MISCELLANEOUS
  
	  	 	 
	 Section 11.01. Notices.
	  	 	49	 
		
	 Section 
11.02. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
	  	 	51	 

  
 iii 

Table of Contents

					
		
	 Section 11.03. Statements Required in Certificate and
Opinion.
	  	 	51	 
		
	 Section 11.04. Communications by Holders with Other
Holders.
	  	 	51	 
		
	 Section 11.05. Rules by Trustee and Agents.
	  	 	51	 
		
	 Section 
11.06. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
	  	 	51	 
		
	 Section 
11.07. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction.
	  	 	51	 
		
	 Section 11.08. No Adverse Interpretation of Other
Agreements.
	  	 	52	 
		
	 Section 11.09. Successors.
	  	 	52	 
		
	 Section 11.10. Separability.
	  	 	52	 
		
	 Section 11.11. Counterpart Originals.
	  	 	52	 
		
	 Section 11.12. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	52	 
		
	 Section 11.13. Benefits of Indenture.
	  	 	53	 
		
	 Section 11.14. Appointment of Agent for Service.
	  	 	53	 

  
 iv 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	 Exhibit A-1
	  	FORM OF 4.550% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2028
		
	 Exhibit A-2    
	  	FORM OF 5.200% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2048
		
	 Exhibit B
	  	FORMS OF LEGEND AND ASSIGNMENT FOR 144A NOTES AND OTHER SECURITIES THAT ARE RESTRICTED NOTES
		
	 Exhibit C
	  	FORM OF LEGEND AND ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE
		
	 Exhibit D
	  	FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE
		
	 Exhibit E
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S
		
	 Exhibit F
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
		
	 Exhibit G
	  	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
		
	 Exhibit H
	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

  
 v 

Table of Contents

 INDENTURE, dated as of April 9, 2018, among Mylan Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as
issuer, Mylan N.V., a public limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, as guarantor, and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, as trustee. 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 

ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS AND
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01. Definitions. 

“2028 Notes” means the Initial 2028 Notes, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial 2028 Notes and the Additional
2028 Notes, if any, issued by the Company pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “2048 Notes” means the Initial 2048 Notes, the
Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial 2048 Notes and the Additional 2048 Notes, if any, issued by the Company pursuant to this Indenture. 

“Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by
or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person; provided, however, that the Foundation is not an Affiliate of Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V.. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when
used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling”
and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. No Person (other than Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V.) in whom a Receivables Entity makes an Investment in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction will be
deemed to be an Affiliate of Mylan N.V. or any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment. 
 “Agent” means
any Registrar, co-registrar or Paying Agent. 
 “amend” means amend, modify, supplement, restate or amend and restate,
including successively; and “amending” and “amended” have correlative meanings. 
 “Attributable
Debt” in respect of a Sale Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental
payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided, however, that if such Sale Leaseback Transaction results in a Capital Lease
Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligations.” 

“Attributable Receivables Indebtedness” at any time means the principal amount of Indebtedness which (i) if a Qualified
Receivables Transaction is structured as a secured lending agreement, would constitute the principal amount of such Indebtedness or (ii) if a Qualified Receivables Transaction is structured as a purchase agreement, would be outstanding at such
time under the Qualified Receivables Transaction if the same were structured as a secured lending agreement rather than a purchase agreement. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar U.S. Federal or state law, the Netherlands Bankruptcy Act
(Faillissementswet) or law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors. 

“Below Investment Grade Rating Event” means, with respect to the Notes of a series, the rating on such series of Notes is
lowered in respect of a Change of Control and such series of Notes is rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies on any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement that could result in a Change of Control
until the end of the 60-day period following public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control (which period shall be extended until the ratings are announced if, during such 60-day period, the rating of such series of Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by each of the Rating Agencies); provided that a Below Investment Grade Rating Event
otherwise arising by virtue of a particular 

Table of Contents

 
reduction in rating shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a Below Investment Grade Rating Event for purposes of the
definition of Change of Control Repurchase Event hereunder) if the Rating Agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Company in writing at its request that
the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control shall have occurred at the
time of the Below Investment Grade Rating Event). The Company shall request the Rating Agencies to make such confirmation in connection with any Change of Control and shall promptly certify to the Trustee as to whether or not such confirmation has
been received or denied. 
 “Board of Directors” means (i) the board of directors of the Company or any duly
authorized committee thereof or (ii) the board of directors (raad van bestuur) of Mylan N.V. or any duly authorized committee thereof, as applicable. 

“Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in
the place of payment for a series of Notes are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close. 
 “Capital Lease
Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which
obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP; and, for the purposes of this Indenture, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof
at such time determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock, other equity interests whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date, partnership interests (whether general or limited), limited
liability company interests, any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, including any Preferred Stock, and any rights
(other than debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for or valued by reference to, Capital Stock until and unless any such debt security is converted into Capital Stock), warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such
Capital Stock. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: 

(1)    any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
the Exchange Act) other than the Foundation is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial
ownership of all shares that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of Mylan N.V. or the
Company (other than, in the case of the Company, Mylan N.V. or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary); 

(2)    Mylan N.V. or the Company consolidates with or merges with or into any Person or sells, assigns,
conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, (other than (i) with respect to the Company, to Mylan N.V. or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary and (ii) with respect to Mylan N.V., to the
Company or a wholly-owned subsidiary that owns all of the Capital Stock, directly or indirectly, other than directors’ qualifying shares, of the Company or any Person that consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company or Mylan N.V.) or
any Person consolidates with or merges into or with Mylan N.V. or the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of Mylan N.V. or the Company, as applicable, is converted into or exchanged for cash,
securities or other property, other than any such transaction where: 
 (a)    the outstanding Voting
Stock of Mylan N.V. or the Company, as applicable, is changed into or exchanged for Voting Stock of the surviving corporation, and 

(b)    the holders of the Voting Stock of Mylan N.V. or the Company, as applicable, immediately prior to
such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the Voting Stock of Mylan N.V. or the Company, as applicable, or the surviving corporation immediately after such transaction and in substantially the same proportion as
before the transaction, or 

  
 2 

Table of Contents

 (3)    Mylan N.V. or the Company is liquidated or dissolved
or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution other than in a transaction which complies with the provisions described in Section 5.01; 

provided that any event described by clause (1) of this definition that lasts for fewer than 60 days shall not constitute a
Change of Control if prior to the expiration of such period, the Foundation exercises its right to acquire Capital Stock in Mylan N.V. such that the event that would otherwise constitute a Change of Control has ceased to exist. 

“Change of Control Repurchase Event” means, with respect to a series of Notes, the occurrence of a Change of Control together
with a Below Investment Grade Rating Event with respect to such series of Notes. 
 “Commission” means the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission. 
 “Commodity Price Protection Agreement” means any forward contract, commodity swap, commodity
option or other similar financial agreement or arrangement relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, fluctuations in commodity prices. 

“Company” means Mylan Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder and any and all successors thereto hereunder. 

“Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its chairman of the board, its chief
executive officer or chief financial officer, its president or a vice president, its treasurer, an assistant treasurer, its controller, an assistant controller, its secretary or an assistant secretary, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security or securities selected by an Independent Investment
Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes being redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate
debt securities of a comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes. 
 “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with
respect to any Redemption Date: 
 (1)    the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations
provided to the Independent Investment Banker from four Reference Treasury Dealers selected by the Company for the Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or 

(2)    if the Independent Investment Banker obtains fewer than four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations,
the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the Redemption Date so obtained. 
 “Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets” means, with respect to Mylan N.V., the total amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting (i) all current liabilities (excluding the amount of liabilities which are by
their terms extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor to a date more than 12 months after the date as of which the amount is being determined) and (ii) all goodwill, tradenames, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and
expense and other like intangible assets, all as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Mylan N.V. and its Subsidiaries. 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business in
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania shall be principally administered, which office as of the date of this Indenture is located at 500 Ross Street, 12th Floor, Pittsburgh, PA 15262, except that with respect to presentation of Notes for payment or for
registration of transfer or exchange, such term shall mean the office or agency of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate agency business shall be conducted, which office at the date of this Indenture is located at The Bank of New
York Mellon, 111 Sanders Creek, East Syracuse, New York 13057, Attn: Corporate Trust Operations, or, in the case of any of such offices or agency, such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the
Company. 

  
 3 

Table of Contents

 “corporation” includes corporations, associations, companies (including any
limited liability company), business trusts and limited partnerships. 
 “Currency Agreement” means one or more of the
following agreements which shall be entered into by one or more financial institutions: foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against the fluctuations in currency values.

 “Custodian” means any receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian,
curator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or
passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issued in the form
of one or more Global Notes, The Depository Trust Company or another Person designated as Depositary by the Company, which Person must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary. 

“Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations
promulgated by the Commission thereunder. 
 “Exchange Notes” means, with respect to the Initial Notes, notes issued in
exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Notes, notes issued in exchange for such Additional Notes pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement among the
Company and the initial purchasers of such Additional Notes. 
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that
would be obtained in an arm’s-length free market transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy less any present or future taxes, duties, assessments
or governmental charges of whatever nature payable as a result of or arising out of the disposition of such asset or property. Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by Mylan N.V. or the Company, as applicable. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary that is not organized, incorporated or existing under the laws of the United States
of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia or is a Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary. 

“Foundation” means Stichting Preferred Shares Mylan, a foundation (stichting) established and existing under the laws
of the Netherlands. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect
from time to time (except with respect to accounting for capital leases, as to which such principle in effect on the Issue Date shall apply), including, without limitation, those set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s
“Accounting Standards Codification” or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. 

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision
thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining
to government. 

  
 4 

Table of Contents

 “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 

(a)    to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of
such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to
take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 

(b)    entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee against loss in respect
thereof (in whole or in part); 
 provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include: 

(1)    endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business; or 

(2)    a contractual commitment by one Person to invest in another Person. 

The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. The term “Guarantor” means Mylan N.V. and any Subsidiary of
Mylan N.V. that Guarantees the Notes under this Indenture. 
 “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of
such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement, Commodity Price Protection Agreement or any other similar agreement or arrangement. 

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Note register. 

“Incur” means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for. The term “Incurrence” when
used as a noun has a correlative meaning. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination
(without duplication): 
 (1)    the principal in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for
money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, including, in each case, any premium on such indebtedness to the extent such
premium has become due and payable; 
 (2)    all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all
Attributable Debt in respect of Sale Leaseback Transactions entered into by such Person; 
 (3)    all
obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of Property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding any accounts payable or
other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business); 
 (4)    all obligations
of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in
clauses (1) through (3) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the 30th day
following payment on the letter of credit); 
 (5)    to the extent not otherwise included in this
definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person; 
 (6)    all Attributable Receivables Indebtedness; 

(7)    all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) above of other Persons and
all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee; and 

  
 5 

Table of Contents

 (8)    all obligations of the type referred to in clauses
(1) through (7) above of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value
of such property or assets and the amount of the obligation so secured. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase by
Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. of any business, the term “Indebtedness” will exclude indemnification, purchase price adjustment, earn-outs, holdbacks, milestones and contingency payment obligations to which the seller may
become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any
such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 60 days thereafter. 

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all obligations as described above;
provided, however, that in the case of Indebtedness sold at a discount, the amount of such Indebtedness at any time will be the accreted value thereof at such time. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms. 

“Indenture Obligations” means the obligations of the Company and any other obligor under this Indenture or under the Notes,
including any Guarantor, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest when due and payable, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this Indenture and the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the
Trustee and the Holders under this Indenture and the Notes, according to the respective terms thereof. 
 “Independent Investment
Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company. 
 “Initial 2028 Notes” means the
$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 4.550% Senior Notes due 2028 of the Company issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date. 

“Initial 2048 Notes” means the $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 5.200% Senior Notes due 2048 of the Company
issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date. 
 “Initial Notes” means, collectively, the Initial 2028 Notes and the
Initial 2048 Notes. 
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor”
as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, and is not also a QIB. 
 “interest” means,
with respect to the Notes, interest and Additional Interest. 
 “Interest Payment Date” means April 15 or
October 15 of each year, as applicable. 
 “Interest Rate Agreement” means one or more of the following agreements
which shall be entered into by one or more financial institutions: interest rate protection agreements (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) and/or other types of interest rate hedging
agreements from time to time. 
 “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, directly or indirectly, (i) any
advance, loan (including guarantees), or other extension of credit or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others), (ii) any payment for property or services for the account or use of others, (iii) any
purchase, acquisition or ownership by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities issued by any other Person, or (iv) any other item to the extent required to be reflected as an investment on a consolidated
balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means (i) with respect to
Moody’s, a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent), and (ii) with respect to S&P, a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) (or, in each case, if such Rating
Agency ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s control, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any Rating Agency selected by the Company as a replacement Rating Agency). 

  
 6 

Table of Contents

 “Issue Date” means the date on which the Initial Notes are initially issued.

 “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional
sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 
 “Maturity Date,” when used with respect to any
Note, means the date on which the principal amount of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto. 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person, as defined in Regulation
S. 
 “Notation of Guarantee” means a notation of guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit G hereto.

 “Notes” means, collectively, the 2028 Notes and the 2048 Notes. 

“Obligations” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, and other amounts payable pursuant to the documentation governing such Indebtedness. 

“Officer” means the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer or any vice president, the treasurer
or the secretary of the specified Person. 
 “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by the chairman of the
Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the president or a vice president, the treasurer, an assistant treasurer, the controller, the secretary or an assistant secretary of Mylan N.V. or the Company, as
applicable, and delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum of the Company, dated
March 28, 2018, related to the offering of the Notes and related Guarantees. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written
opinion from legal counsel, who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, delivered to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to Mylan N.V., the Company or the Trustee. 

“Participating Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1)    pledges or deposits by such Person under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance
laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such
Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, performance bonds or obligations of a like nature or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the
payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2)    Liens imposed by
law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with
respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review and Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depositary institution; provided, however, that (A) such deposit account is not a dedicated
cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by Mylan N.V. in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board and (B) such deposit account is not intended by Mylan N.V. or any
Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. to provide collateral to the depositary institution; 

  
 7 

Table of Contents

 (3)    Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental
charges or claims, in each case not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 

(4)    Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or letters of credit issued
pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 

(5)    minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for,
licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property
or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of such
properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 

(6)    Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred after the Issue Date in respect of Purchase Money Indebtedness
and refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; 
 (7)    Liens existing on the Issue Date; 

(8)    Liens on property or shares of Capital Stock of another Person at the time such other Person becomes
a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto); 

(9)    Liens on property at the time such Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquires the property,
including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto); 
 (10)    Liens securing
Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary of such Person owing to such Person or a wholly owned subsidiary of such Person; 

(11)    Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as such Hedging Obligations are not entered into for
speculative purposes, it being understood that any Hedging Obligations entered into in connection with the issuance of Mylan N.V.’s or the Company’s outstanding or future Indebtedness shall not be considered speculative; 

(12)    any Lien on accounts receivable and related assets of the types specified in the definition of
“Qualified Receivables Transaction” incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 

(13)    (a) Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor and (b) Liens on the property of any
Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. in favor of any other Subsidiary of Mylan N.V.; 
 (14)    leases, subleases,
licenses or sublicenses granted to third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the conduct of the business of Mylan N.V. and its Subsidiaries and which do not secure any Indebtedness; 

(15)    Liens securing judgments, decrees, orders or awards for the payment of money not constituting an
Event of Default in respect of which Mylan N.V. or the Company shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review, which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or in respect of which the period within which
such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; 
 (16)    with respect to the Notes
of any series, Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes of such series (or the Guarantees); 

(17)    Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such
Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(18)    Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for
sale of goods entered into by Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 8 

Table of Contents

 (19)    Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities
arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 

(20)    Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under
Section 4-210 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the
ordinary course of business, including Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits; 

(21)    Liens, pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance
carriers; 
 (22)    grants of software and other technology licenses in the ordinary course of business;

 (23)    Liens on equipment of Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. granted in the ordinary
course of business to the Mylan N.V.’s or such Subsidiary’s supplier at which such equipment is located; 

(24)    Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases
or consignments entered into by Mylan N.V. and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(25)    Liens incurred to secure cash management services or to implement cash pooling or sweep
arrangements to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations in the ordinary course of business; 

(26)    Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens,
rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depository or financial institution or as to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with
customers in the ordinary course of business; 
 (27)    any encumbrance or restriction (including put
and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 

(28)    Liens on securities that are the subject of repurchase agreements; 

(29)    Liens securing insurance premiums financing arrangements; provided that such Liens are
limited to the applicable unearned insurance premiums; 
 (30)    Liens arising solely from precautionary
Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or similar filings; 
 (31)    ground leases in respect of
real property on which facilities owned or leased by Mylan N.V. or any of its Subsidiaries are located and other Liens affecting the interest of any landlord (and any underlying landlord) of any real property leased by Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary
of Mylan N.V.; 
 (32)    Liens to secure any Refinancing (or successive Refinancings) as a whole, or in
part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12) or (14); provided, however, that: 

(A)    such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property (plus improvements on such
property) and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and 

(B)    the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the
sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under the foregoing clauses (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12) or (14) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien and
(ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; 

(33)    Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business by American Triumvirate Insurance Company, a
Vermont corporation, or any successor thereto, so long as such Subsidiary is maintained as a special purpose self-insurance Subsidiary of Mylan N.V.; 

  
 9 

Table of Contents

 (34)    Liens on equity interests of any Person formed for
the purposes of engaging in activities in the renewable energy sector (including refined coal) that qualify for federal tax benefits allocable to Mylan N.V. and its Subsidiaries in which Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. has made an
investment and Liens on the rights of Mylan N.V. and its Subsidiaries under any agreement relating to any such investment; 

(35)    any Lien arising under Article 24 or 26 of the general terms and conditions (Algemene
Bank Voorwaarden) of any member of the Dutch Bankers’ Association (Nederlandse Vereniging van Banken) or any similar term applied by a financial institution in the Netherlands pursuant to its general terms and conditions; 

(36)    any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by Mylan
N.V. or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debt and credit balances; 

(37)    any Lien, including any netting or set-off, arising by
operation of law as a result of the existence of a fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch tax purposes of which any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. is or has been a member; 

(38)    Liens on cash and cash equivalents deposited as cash collateral on letters of credit as
contemplated by the Revolving Credit Agreement; 
 (39)    Liens on “earnest money” or similar
deposits or other cash advances in connection with acquisitions or consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a disposition, including customary rights and restrictions contained in such agreements; and 

(40)    other Liens securing Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount for Mylan N.V. and its
Subsidiaries together with the amount of Attributable Debt incurred in connection with Sale Leaseback Transactions, not exceeding at the time such Lien is created or assumed the greater of $500 million or 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets, at any one time outstanding. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) Permitted Liens need not be
incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens described above but are permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more
of the categories of Permitted Liens described above, the Company may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such item of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition and the Company may divide
and classify a Lien in more than one of the types of Permitted Liens in one of the above clauses. 
 “Person” means any
individual, corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Physical Notes” means certificated 2028 Notes and 2048 Notes (other than Global Notes) in registered form in substantially
the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2, respectively. 

“Place of Payment”, when used with respect to the Notes, means the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if
any) and interest on the Notes are payable as specified as contemplated by Section 4.02. 
 “Preferred Stock,” as
applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person. 
 “Private Placement
Legend” means the legend initially set forth on the Rule 144A Notes and other Notes that are Restricted Notes in the form set forth in Exhibit B. 

“Property” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether
tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Stock. 
 “Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness
Incurred to finance the acquisition, development, construction or lease by Mylan N.V. or a Domestic Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. of Property, including additions and improvements thereto, where the maturity of such Indebtedness does not exceed the
anticipated useful life of the Property being financed; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is Incurred within 270 days after the completion of the acquisition, development, construction or lease of such Property by Mylan N.V. or
such Domestic Subsidiary. 

  
 10 

Table of Contents

 “Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning
specified in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction
or series of transactions that may be entered into by Mylan N.V. or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Mylan N.V. or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to: 

(1)    a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by Mylan N.V. or any of its Subsidiaries) or 

(2)    any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), 

or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Mylan N.V. or any of its Subsidiaries, and any
assets related thereto, including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are
customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable; provided, however, that the financing terms, covenants,
termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the chief financial officer of Mylan N.V.). 

“Rating Agencies” means: 

(1)    S&P; 

(2)    Moody’s; or 

(3)    if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating of the Notes publicly available, a
“nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, selected by the Company, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be. 

“Receivables Entity” means (a) a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. that is designated pursuant to an Officer’s
Certificate (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity or (b) another Person engaging in a Qualified Receivables Transaction with Mylan N.V., which Person engages in the business of the financing of accounts receivable, and in the case of
either of clause (a) or (b): 
 (1)    no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations
(contingent or otherwise) of such entity: 
 (A)    is Guaranteed by Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary of
Mylan N.V. (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), 

(B)    is recourse to or obligates Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. in any way (other than
pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), or 
 (C)    subjects any property or asset of Mylan
N.V. or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V., directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof (other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings); 

(2)    the entity is not an Affiliate of Mylan N.V. or is an entity with which neither Mylan N.V. nor any
Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms that Mylan N.V. reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Mylan N.V. or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the
time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Mylan N.V.; and 
 (3)    is an entity to which neither
Mylan N.V. nor any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. 

  
 11 

Table of Contents

 Any such designation shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate giving effect to such designation and certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 

“Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed pursuant to Article III of this Indenture, means the
date fixed for such redemption pursuant to the terms of such Article III. 
 “Redemption Price,” when used with respect to
any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Reference Treasury
Dealer” means (1) to the extent such entity is a primary United States government securities dealer, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, ING Financial Markets LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (or their affiliates and their respective successors) to the extent such entity is a primary United States government securities dealer as of the Issue Date,
provided that if any of these Reference Treasury Dealers resigns or shall cease to be a primary United States government securities dealer, then the Company shall substitute another primary United States government securities dealer and
(2) any other primary United States government securities dealer selected by the Company. 
 “Reference Treasury Dealer
Quotations” means, with respect to a Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by such Reference Treasury Dealer, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue, expressed in each case as a
percentage of its principal amount, quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date. 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem,
defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” have correlative meanings. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Initial Notes, dated as of the Issue
Date, among the Company, the Guarantor and the initial purchasers named therein and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the
Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation D”
means Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the
Securities Act. 
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer of the Trustee within
the Corporate Trust Division Corporate Finance Unit (or any successor unit) of the Trustee located at the Corporate Trust Office who has direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and, for the purposes of Section 7.01(c)(2)
and the second sentence of Section 7.05 shall also mean any other officer of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Restricted Note” has the same meaning as “Restricted Security” set forth in Rule 144(a)(3) promulgated under the
Securities Act; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Note. 

“Revolving Credit Agreement” means the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of November 22, 2016, among Mylan
N.V., as borrower, the Company, as guarantor, the lenders and letter of credit issuers party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of
November 3, 2017, in whole or in part, in one or more instances, as such agreement may be amended, renewed, extended, substituted, refinanced, restructured, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or
otherwise), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (including, in each case, by means of one or more credit agreements, note purchase agreements or sales of debt securities to institutional investors whether with the original agents
and lenders or otherwise and including, without limitation, any successive renewals, extensions, substitutions, refinancings, restructurings, replacements, supplementations or other modifications of the foregoing). 

  
 12 

Table of Contents

 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, and any successor thereto. 

“Sale Leaseback Transaction” means the leasing by Mylan N.V. or any Domestic Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. of any property,
whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date (except for temporary leases for a term, including any renewal term, of up to three years and except for leases between Mylan N.V. and any Domestic Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. or between
Domestic Subsidiaries of Mylan N.V.), which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Mylan N.V. or such Domestic Subsidiary to any party with the intention of taking back a lease of such property. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations
promulgated by the Commission thereunder. 
 “series” refers to the 2028 Notes or the 2048 Notes, each as a separate series
of Notes under this Indenture. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. that would be a
“significant subsidiary” of Mylan N.V. within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission, as such Regulation is in effect on
the Issue Date. 
 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities
entered into by Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. that, taken as a whole, are customary in an accounts receivable transaction. 

“Stated Maturity” means, when used with respect to any Indebtedness or any installment of interest thereon, the dates
specified in such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such Indebtedness or such installment of interest, as the case may be, is due and payable. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1)    any corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which more than
50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote
in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a
combination thereof); and 
 (2)    any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing
general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof); 

provided that the Foundation is not a Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. 

“Supplemental Indenture” means a supplemental indenture substantially in the form attached as Exhibit H hereto. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). 

“Term Credit Agreements” means (i) the Term Credit Agreement dated November 22, 2016, among Mylan N.V., as
borrower, the Company, as guarantor, the lenders party thereto and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Term Credit Agreement dated November 3, 2017, in whole or in part, in one or more
instances, as such agreements may be amended, renewed, extended, substituted, refinanced, restructured, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time (including, in each case, by means of one or more 

  
 13 

Table of Contents

 
credit agreements, note purchase agreements or sales of debt securities to institutional investors whether with the original agents and lenders or otherwise and including, without limitation, any
successive renewals, extensions, substitutions, refinancings, restructurings, replacements, supplementations or other modifications of the foregoing). 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to
maturity or interpolated (on a day count basis) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date.

 “Triggering Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Mylan N.V. or the Company owed to a Person, other than Mylan N.V., the
Company or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. that has an aggregate principal amount or committed amount in excess of $350.0 million; provided that, in no event shall Triggering Indebtedness include Indebtedness Incurred by a Foreign
Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. that does not directly or indirectly Guarantee, become an obligor under or otherwise provide direct credit support for any Indebtedness of Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. 

“Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, until a successor replaces it in accordance with
the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “U.S. Government
Obligations” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency
or an instrumentality of the United States the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States, that, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the action of the issuer
thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by
such custodian for the account of the holder of a depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any
amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depositary receipt. 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Voting Stock” of a Person means Capital Stock of such Person of the class or classes pursuant to which the holders thereof
have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes shall have
or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency). 
 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary
of Mylan N.V. of which Mylan N.V. owns all of the Capital Stock, directly or indirectly, other than directors’ qualifying shares, of such Subsidiary. 

Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 

 

					
	 Term
	  	 Defined

in

Section
	 
	 “2028 Regulation S Global Notes”
	  	 	2.16	 
	 “2048 Regulation S Global Notes”
	  	 	2.16	 
	 “2028 Regulation S Notes”
	  	 	2.02	 
	 “2048 Regulation S Notes”
	  	 	2.02	 
	 “2028 Rule 144A Global Notes”
	  	 	2.16	 
	 “2048 Rule 144A Global Notes”
	  	 	2.16	 
	 “2028 Rule 144A Notes”
	  	 	2.02	 
	 “2048 Rule 144A Notes”
	  	 	2.02	 
	 “Additional Notes”
	  	 	2.01	 

  
 14 

Table of Contents

					
	 Term
	  	 Defined

in

Section
	 
	 “Additional 2028 Notes”
	  	 	2.01	 
	 “Additional 2048 Notes”
	  	 	2.01	 
	 “Agent Members”
	  	 	2.16	 
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.08	 
	 “Change of Control Purchase Date”
	  	 	4.08	 
	 “Change of Control Purchase Price”
	  	 	4.08	 
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	9.01	 
	 “CUSIP”
	  	 	2.14	 
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	 
	 “Global Notes”
	  	 	2.16	 
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	 	4.07	 
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	 	9.01	 
	 “Mylan Inc. Successor Company”
	  	 	5.01	 
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.04	 
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.04	 
	 “Regulation S Global Notes”
	  	 	2.16	 
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	 	2.02	 
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	 	2.16	 
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	 	2.02	 
	 “Successor Company”
	  	 	5.01	 

 Section 1.03. Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1)    a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference; 

(2)    unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all
accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(3)    “or” is not exclusive; 

(4)    words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5)    “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(6)    words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders; 

(7)    “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import
refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subsection; 

(8)    “$,” “U.S. Dollars” and “United States Dollars” each refer to United
States dollars, or such other money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; 

(9)    whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other
amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof; 

  
 15 

Table of Contents

 (10)    references to sections of or rules under the
Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time; and 

(11)    references to Sections, Articles or Exhibits are references to Sections, Articles or Exhibits of or
to this Indenture unless context otherwise requires. 
 Section 1.04. Incorporation by Reference of
Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be
incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes. 

“indenture securityholder” means a Holder. 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 

“obligor on this indenture securities” means the Company or any other obligor on the Notes. 

All other terms used in this Indenture (other than those defined herein) that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to
another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings therein assigned to them. 
 ARTICLE II 

THE NOTES 
 
Section 2.01. Amount of Notes. 
 The Trustee shall initially authenticate the Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue
Date upon a written order of the Company. The Trustee shall authenticate additional 2028 notes (“Additional 2028 Notes”) and additional 2048 notes (“Additional 2048 Notes” and, together with the Additional 2028
Notes, the “Additional Notes”) thereafter in unlimited aggregate principal amount (so long as permitted by the terms of this Indenture) for original issue upon a written order of the Company in the form of a Company Order in
aggregate principal amount as specified in such order (other than as provided in Section 2.08). Each such written order shall specify the amount of Additional Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Additional Notes are to be
authenticated. 
 Notwithstanding anything else in this Indenture to the contrary, at the Company’s option, Additional Notes may be
issued with the same CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number as the Initial Notes and without the Private Placement Legend, provided that the Company has furnished an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee confirming such issuance would not
conflict with federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission. The Additional Notes of any series will have substantially the same terms as the Initial Notes of such series in all respects and will be treated as a
single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; provided that any Additional Notes that have the same CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number as the
outstanding notes of a series must be fungible with the outstanding notes of that series for U.S. federal income tax purposes. 
 
Section 2.02. Form and Dating. 
 The 2028 Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall
be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1, which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. The 2048 Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication with respect
thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2, which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law,
rule or usage to which the Company is subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the 2028 Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“2028 Rule 144A
Notes”) and the 2048 Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“2048 Rule 144A Notes” and, together with the 2028 Rule 144A Notes, the “Rule 144A Notes”) shall bear
the Private Placement Legend and include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit B and the 2028 Notes offered and 

  
 16 

Table of Contents

 
sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“2028 Regulation S Notes”) and the 2048 Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S
(“2048 Regulation S Notes” and, together with the 2028 Regulation S Notes, the “Regulation S Notes”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit C. Each Note shall be
dated the date of its authentication. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are expressly made, a part of
this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any
provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall control and be binding. 

The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar. 

Section 2.03. Execution and Authentication. 

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President
or any Vice President. The signature of any of these officers on the Notes may be manual or facsimile. 
 If an Officer whose signature is
on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 

The Company shall deliver a Note or Notes to the Trustee to be authenticated along with a Company Order directing the authentication thereof.
No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual
signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and
delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been
authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 
 The Notes shall be issuable only in
fully registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 
Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”) and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company,
if any, in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more additional Paying Agents. The term “Paying Agent”
includes any additional Paying Agent. 
 The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement, which shall incorporate the
provisions of the TIA, with any Agent that is not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If
the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.06. 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the
Notes and this Indenture, and the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as the office or agency of the Company for such purposes, and the Company may change the Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries
may act as Paying Agent. 
 Section 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. 

Each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether such money has 

  
 17 

Table of Contents

 
been paid to it by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Company and the Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes)
in making any such payment. Money held in trust by the Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law and in no event shall the Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it hereunder; provided that if the
Company or an Affiliate thereof acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold such money in a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require the Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the
Trustee and account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to the Paying Agent, require the Paying Agent to pay forthwith
all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon making such payment, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 

Section 2.06. Holder Lists. 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
the Holders of each series of Notes. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list
in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders; provided that, as long as the Trustee is the Registrar, no such list need be furnished. 

Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. 

Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request from the Holder of such Notes to register a
transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations of the same series, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested. Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be duly endorsed or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of
transfers and exchanges, the Company shall issue and execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate, new Notes evidencing such transfer or exchange at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made to the Holder for any registration of
transfer or exchange. The Company may require from the Holder payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer taxes or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or exchange, but this provision shall not apply to any
exchange pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.06 or 8.04 (in which events the Company shall be responsible for the payment of such taxes). The Registrar shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note of any series for a period of
15 days immediately preceding the redemption of Notes of such series, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of the beneficial interests in such Global Note may
be effected only through a book entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry system. 

Section 2.08. Replacement Notes. 

If a mutilated Note of any series is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note of any series claims that the Note
has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note of such series if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Company and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of
the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If
required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Company may
charge such Holder for the Company’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note and the Trustee may charge the Company for the Trustee’s expenses
(including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Company. 

  
 18 

Table of Contents

 Section 2.09. Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for (a) those canceled by it,
(b) those delivered to it for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02, on or after the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 9.01 or 9.02 have been satisfied, those Notes theretofore
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and (d) those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates holds
the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory
to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company. 

If the Paying Agent holds, in its capacity as such, on any Maturity Date, money sufficient to pay all accrued interest and principal with
respect to the Notes payable on that date and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders thereof pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to
accrue. 
 Section 2.10. Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes of a series have concurred in any declaration of acceleration or
notice of default or direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, Notes owned by the Company or any other Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded as though they were not outstanding, except
that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, only Notes as to which a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee has actually received an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee established to the satisfaction of
the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company, any other obligor on the Notes or any of their respective Affiliates. 

Section 2.11. Temporary Notes. 

Until definitive Notes are prepared and ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes.
Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate
definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. 

Section 2.12. Cancellation. 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation along with a Company Order directing the cancellation thereof. The
Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement
or cancellation and shall deliver such canceled Notes to the Company. The Company may not reissue or resell, or issue new Notes to replace Notes that the Company has redeemed or paid, or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation
(other than in accordance with this Indenture). 
 Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest. 

If the Company defaults on a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent permitted by
law) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at least five Business Days prior to the payment date. The Company
shall fix such special record date and payment date in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee. At least 10 days before such special record date, the Company shall deliver in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary to each Holder a notice that
states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Company may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent
with the requirements (if applicable) 

  
 19 

Table of Contents

 
of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed
payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 

Section 2.14. CUSIP Number. 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or other similar number, and if so, such CUSIP, ISIN or other
similar number shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or other similar
number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any such CUSIP, ISIN or other similar number used by the
Company in connection with the issuance of the Notes and of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or other similar number. 
 
Section 2.15. Deposit of Moneys. 
 Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date and Maturity Date,
the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the
Trustee to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on a Global Note shall be payable to the Depositary of such Global Note or its nominee, as the case may be, as the
sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person or by mail, at the office of the Paying Agent. 

Section 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. 

(a)    The 2028 Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered,
global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “2028 Rule 144A Global Notes”). The 2048 Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest
coupons (collectively, the “2048 Rule 144A Global Notes” and, together with the 2028 Rule 144A Global Notes, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). The 2028 Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more
Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “2028 Regulation S Global Notes”). The 2048 Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in
registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “2048 Regulation S Global Notes” and, together with the 2028 Regulation S Global Notes, the “Regulation S Global Notes”). The Rule 144A Global
Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes and any other global notes representing the Notes (collectively, the “Global Notes”) shall bear legends as set forth in Exhibit D. The Global Notes initially shall (i) be
registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to The Bank of New York Mellon as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends
as set forth in Exhibit B with respect to a Rule 144A Global Note and Exhibit C with respect to a Regulation S Global Note. 

Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture
with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Notes, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the
absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or
other authorization (which may be in electronic form) furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. 

None of the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar, any Paying Agent or any agent of any of them shall have any responsibility or
liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Notes, for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial owner interests, or for any acts or
omissions of a Depositary or for any transactions between a Depositary and any beneficial owner or between or among beneficial owners. No owner of a beneficial interest in the Notes shall have any rights under this Indenture, and the Depositary or
its nominee, if any, shall be deemed and treated by the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar, any Paying Agent or any agent of any of them as the 

  
 20 

Table of Contents

 
absolute owner and holder of such Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar, any Paying
Agent or any agent of any of them from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by a Depositary, or any of its members and any other Person on whose behalf such member may act, the operation of customary
practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a beneficial owner of any Notes. 
 (b)    Transfers
and exchanges pursuant to this Section 2.16 and Section 2.17 may only be made between Notes of the same series. Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their
respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, a Global
Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes if (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be registered as a clearing agency under
the Exchange Act, and, with respect to (x) or (y), the Company thereupon fails to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days of such notice or cessation, (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to
effect the issuance of Physical Notes or (iii) upon the request of the Depositary at any time that there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for
any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). 

(c)    In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial
owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.16, the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount
equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon receipt of a written order from the Company authenticate and make available for delivery, one or
more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount. 
 (d)    In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to
beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.16, the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each
beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations. 

(e)    Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to
Section 2.17(b), or clause (c) or (d) of this Section 2.16 shall, except as otherwise provided by Sections 2.17(a) and Section 2.17(c), bear the Private Placement Legend or, in the case of the Regulation S Global Note, the legend
set forth in Exhibit C, in each case, unless the Company determines otherwise in compliance with applicable law. 

(f)    Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of
an interest in another Global Note shall, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in such other Global Note and, accordingly, shall thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures
applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. 
 (g)    The
Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the
Notes. 
 Section 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions. 

(a)    Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration or any proposed
registration of transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons): 

(1)    the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor
who has checked the box provided for on such Holder’s Note stating, or to a transferee who has advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an

  
 21 

Table of Contents

 
account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in
reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon
its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and 

(2)    if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical
Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its
books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred. 

(b)    Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors and Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a
QIB or to any Non-U.S. Person: 
 (1)    the Registrar shall
register the transfer of any Note constituting a Restricted Note whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the later of (i) the first anniversary of the Issue Date or (ii) such
later date, if any, as may be required by the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act for non-Affiliates of an issuer (provided, however, that neither the
Company nor any Affiliate of the Company has held any beneficial interest in such Note, or portion thereof, at any time on or prior the later of (i) the first anniversary of the Issue Date or (ii) such later date, if any, as may be
required by the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act for non-Affiliates of an issuer), as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate from the Company to such effect or (y)(1) in the case of a transfer to an
Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons), the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto and
any legal opinions and certifications required thereby or (2) in the case of a transfer to a Non-U.S. Person, the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form
of Exhibit E hereto; and 
 (2)    if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a
beneficial interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the certificate, if any, required by clause (b)(1) of this Section 2.17 and (y) written instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the
Registrar’s procedures; whereupon (a) the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the transfer does not involve a transfer of outstanding Physical Notes) a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in
an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred and (b) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount; and

 (3)    in the case of a transfer to a Non-U.S. Person, if the
proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes, which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of written instructions given in
accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal
amount of Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred. 

(c)    Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the
Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only
Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) such Note has been issued pursuant to Section 2.17(f), (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the
effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under
the Securities Act and the Registrar has received an Officer’s 

  
 22 

Table of Contents

 
Certificate from the Company to such effect or (iv) the requested transfer is after the later of (i) the first anniversary of the Issue Date or (ii) such later date, if any, as may
be required by the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act for non-Affiliates of an issuer (provided, however, that neither the Company nor an Affiliate of the
Company has held any beneficial interest in such Note or portion thereof at any time since the Issue Date) and the Registrar has received an Officer’s Certificate from the Company to such effect. 

(d)    General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note
acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. 

(e)    Certain Transfers in Connection with and After the Exchange Offer under the Registration Rights Agreement.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture: 
 (1)    no Exchange Notes issued may be
exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Initial Note; 
 (2)    accrued and unpaid interest on the Initial
Notes being exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall be due and payable on the next Interest Payment Date for the Exchange Notes following the Exchange Offer and shall be paid to the Holder on the relevant record date of the Exchange Notes issued in
respect of the Initial Notes being exchanged; and 
 (3)    interest on the Initial Notes being exchanged
in the Exchange Offer shall cease to accrue on (and including) the date of completion of the Exchange Offer and interest on the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer shall accrue from (but excluding) the date of the completion of the
Exchange Offer. 
 (f)    Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer with respect to the Notes of a
series, the Company will issue and, upon a written order of the Company the Trustee will authenticate: 

(1)    one or more Global Notes of such series not bearing the Private Placement Legend in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes of such series bearing the Private Placement Legend that are accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that (A) are not Participating
Broker-Dealers, (B) are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate from the Company to such effect; or 

(2)    one or more Physical Notes of such series not bearing the Private Placement Legend in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Notes of such series bearing the Private Placement Legend that are accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that (A) are not Participating Broker-Dealers, (B) are
not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate from the Company to such effect. 

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes bearing the
Private Placement Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Physical Notes so accepted Physical Notes not bearing the Private Placement
Legend in the appropriate principal amount. 
 Section 2.18. Computation of Interest. 

Interest on the Notes shall be computed in accordance with the terms of the Notes. 

ARTICLE III 
 REDEMPTION AND
PREPAYMENT 
 Section 3.01. Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee. 

If the Company elects to redeem any Notes pursuant to this Article III, at least 15 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice
shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the series of Notes to be redeemed, the Redemption Date and the principal amount of such Notes to
be redeemed and the Redemption Price (or, if not 

  
 23 

Table of Contents

 
then ascertainable, the manner of calculation thereof), and deliver to the Trustee, no later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate stating that such
redemption will comply with the conditions contained this Article III. Notice given to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.01 may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction or waiver of one or more conditions
precedent. 
 Section 3.02. Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed. 

If the Company elects to redeem less than all of the Notes of any series at any time, in the case of Notes issued in definitive form, the
Trustee will select Notes of such series by lot on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Global Notes, the Notes will be selected in accordance with the applicable procedures of the relevant Depositary) unless an alternative method of
selection is otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or Depositary requirements. 
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the
Company of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. 
 The
Company will redeem Notes of $2,000 or less in whole and not in part. For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes
called for redemption. 
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 

The Company will cause notices of redemption to be delivered in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary at least 15 but not more than
60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes of the series to be redeemed at its registered address. The Company may provide in the notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with
respect to the redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction or waiver of one or more conditions precedent. 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the series and the CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying numbers thereof) and shall
state: 
 (1)    the Redemption Date; 

(2)    the Redemption Price (or, if not then ascertainable, the manner of calculation thereof); 

(3)    if fewer than all outstanding Notes of a series are to be redeemed, the portion of the principal
amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued; 

(4)    the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5)    that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption
Price; 
 (6)    that unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes
called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date; 
 (7)    if such notice is
conditioned upon the occurrence of one or more conditions precedent, the nature of such conditions precedent; 

(8)    the aggregate principal amount of Notes of such series that are being redeemed; 

(9)    the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for
redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (10)    that no representation is made as to the correctness or
accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 

  
 24 

Table of Contents

 At the Company’s written request made at least five Business Days prior to the date on which
notice is to be given, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s sole expense. 

If the Redemption Price is not ascertainable on the date in which the notice of redemption is delivered, the Company shall send to the
Trustee, at least one Business Day prior to the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price. 

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 is delivered, except as provided in the last sentence of the first paragraph of
Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. Upon surrender to the Paying
Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to, but excluding, the Redemption Date; provided that (a) if the Redemption Date is after a record date and on or prior to the Interest
Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date; and (b) if a Redemption Date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no
interest shall accrue for the period from such Redemption Date to such succeeding Business Day. Such notice, if delivered in the manner provided in Section 3.03, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not the Holder
receives such notice. 
 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 

On or prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on each Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately
available funds money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on that date which have been
delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the Redemption
Price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, the Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the
only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price of and, subject to Section 3.04, accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. If any Note surrendered for redemption
shall not be so paid, interest will be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate and in the manner provided
in the Notes. 
 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount
thereof that is to be redeemed. The Company will issue a new Note of the applicable series in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for
redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after such date, unless the Company defaults in payment of the Redemption Price on such date, interest ceases to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for such redemption. 

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption. 

(a)    2028 Notes. At any time and from time to time prior to the date that is three months prior to the Maturity
Date, the Company may redeem the 2028 Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of: 

(1)    100% of the aggregate principal amount of any 2028 Notes being redeemed, and 

(2)    the sum of the present values, as calculated by the Company, of the remaining scheduled payments of
principal and interest on the 2028 Notes being redeemed that would be due if the 2028 Notes matured on the date that is three months prior to the Maturity Date, not including unpaid interest accrued to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, discounted
to the Redemption Date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 30 basis points with respect to any
2028 Notes, 

  
 25 

Table of Contents

 plus, in each case, unpaid interest on the 2028 Notes being redeemed accrued to,
but excluding, the Redemption Date. 
 On or after the date that is three months prior to the Maturity Date, the 2028 Notes will be redeemable in whole at
any time or in part, from time to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 15 days’ but no more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2028 Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. 
 The Company will, however, pay the interest installment due on any Interest Payment Date that
occurs on or before a Redemption Date to the Holders of the affected 2028 Notes as of the close of business on the applicable record date. 

(b)    2048 Notes. At any time and from time to time prior to the date that is six months prior to the Maturity
Date, the Company may redeem the 2048 Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of: 

(1)    100% of the aggregate principal amount of any 2048 Notes being redeemed, and 

(2)    the sum of the present values , as calculated by the Company, of the remaining scheduled payments of
principal and interest on the 2048 Notes being redeemed that would be due if the 2048 Notes matured on the date that is six months prior to the Maturity Date, not including unpaid interest accrued to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, discounted
to the Redemption Date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 35 basis points with respect to any
2048 Notes, 
 plus, in each case, unpaid interest on the 2048 Notes being redeemed accrued to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. 

On or after the date that is six months prior to the Maturity Date, the 2048 Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, at
the option of the Company, upon at least 15 days’ but no more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2048 Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the
Redemption Date. 
 The Company will, however, pay the interest installment due on any Interest Payment Date that occurs on or before a Redemption Date to
the Holders of the affected 2048 Notes as of the close of business on the applicable record date. 
 (c)    Any
redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06. 
 ARTICLE IV 

COVENANTS 
 
Section 4.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest. 
 The Company covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually
pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. 
 
Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for Notes an office or
agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.
The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the
Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands. 

  
 26 

Table of Contents

 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the
Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation
to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Notes for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or
agency. 
 Section 4.03. Reports to Holders. 

(a)    Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, the Company will file with the Commission and provide the Trustee with such annual and quarterly reports and such information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to
a U.S. corporation subject to such sections, such information, documents and reports to be so filed and provided at the times specified for the filing of such information, documents and reports under such sections; provided, however,
that (1) the Company will not be required to provide the Trustee with any such information, documents and reports that are filed with the Commission and (2) the Company will not be so obligated to file such information, documents and
reports with the Commission if the Commission does not permit such filings; provided further, however, that if the Commission does not permit such filings, the Company will be required to provide to Holders any such information,
documents or reports that are not so filed. The Company will also comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a), including the provision of the compliance certificate under TIA Section 314(a)(4), which compliance certificate shall
be delivered to the Trustee, commencing with the year 2018. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any
information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 (b)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that the Company fails to comply with its
obligation to file or provide such information, documents and reports as required hereunder, the Company will be deemed to have cured such Default for purposes of Section 6.01(4) upon the filing or provision of all such information, documents
and reports required hereunder prior to the expiration of 120 days after written notice to the Company of such failure from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the applicable series of Notes. 

(c)    For so long as any Restricted Notes are outstanding, the Company agrees that, in order to render such Restricted
Notes eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, it will make available, upon request, to any Holder of Restricted Notes or prospective purchasers of Restricted Notes the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4), unless the
Company furnishes such information to the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. 

(d)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the information, documents and reports required pursuant to this
Indenture may, at the option of the Company, instead be those of Mylan N.V. or any other direct or indirect parent entity of the Company so long as such parent entity fully and unconditionally guarantees, by execution of this Indenture or a
supplemental indenture, the obligations of the Company in respect of the notes and such parent entity and the Company comply with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation
S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision). 

Section 4.04. Corporate Existence. 

Subject to Article V, Mylan N.V. will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence
as a public limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap). 
 Subject to Article V, the Company will do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a corporation. 

  
 27 

Table of Contents

 Section 4.05. Money for Notes Payments To Be Held in
Trust. 
 If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to the Notes, it will, on or before each due date of
the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such
sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. 

Whenever the Company shall have a Paying Agent for the Notes, it will, prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the
principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. 

The Company will cause the Paying Agent, other than the Trustee, to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which the Paying Agent
shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that the Paying Agent will: 

(a)    hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on
the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided; 

(b)    give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the
making of any payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Notes; and 
 (c)    at any
time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by the Paying Agent. 

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or
by Company Order direct the Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or the Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or the Paying
Agent; and, upon such payment by the Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and
premium, if any) or interest on the Notes and remaining unclaimed for three years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Order, or (if then held by the Company) shall
be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and
all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or the Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published
once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in New York, New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not
be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 

Section 4.06. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. 

Mylan N.V. will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments
and governmental charges levied or imposed upon Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. or upon the income, profits or property of Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V., and (2) all lawful claims against Mylan N.V. or any Subsidiary of
Mylan N.V. for labor, materials and supplies, which in the case of either clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.06, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon a Property; provided, however, that neither Mylan N.V. nor any
Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. shall be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings. 

  
 28 

Table of Contents

 Section 4.07. Limitation on Liens. 

Mylan N.V. will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. to, directly or indirectly, Incur or permit to exist any Lien (the
“Initial Lien”) of any nature whatsoever on any of its properties (including Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of Mylan N.V.), whether owned on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, securing any Indebtedness of Mylan N.V. or a Domestic
Subsidiary of Mylan N.V., other than Permitted Liens, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured. 

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to this Section 4.07 shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be
automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien. 
 
Section 4.08. Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event. 
 (a)    If a Change of Control
Repurchase Event occurs with respect to a series of Notes, each Holder of such series of Notes will have the right to require that the Company purchase all or any part (in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof)
of such Holder’s Notes of such series pursuant to a Change of Control offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture, except that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase the Notes of any
series pursuant to this Section 4.08 in the event that the Company has exercised the right to redeem all of the Notes of such series as described in Section 3.07. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer to purchase all of
the Notes of such series at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount of such series of Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding,
the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”) (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record dates to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date if the Notes of such series have not
been redeemed prior to such record date). 
 (b)    Within 30 days after any Change of Control Repurchase Event with
respect to a series of Notes or, at the Company’s option, prior to such Change of Control but after it is publicly announced, provided that a definitive agreement is in place for such Change of Control, the Company must notify the
Trustee and give written notice of the Change of Control Repurchase Event to each Holder of such series of Notes at its address appearing in the security register or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. The notice
must state, among other things: 
 (1)    that a Change of Control Repurchase Event has occurred or may
occur with respect to such series of Notes and the date of such event; 
 (2)    the purchase price and
the purchase date which shall be fixed by the Company on a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is transmitted, or such later date as is necessary to comply with requirements under the Exchange Act;
provided that the purchase date may not occur prior to the Change of Control; 
 (3)    that any
Note of such series not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
 (4)    that, unless the Company
defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date; and 

(5)    other procedures that a Holder of Notes of such series must follow to accept a Change of Control
Offer or to withdraw acceptance of the Change of Control Offer. 
 (c)    The Company will comply with the applicable
tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-l under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.08, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.08
by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or regulations. The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at
the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements described in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 

  
 29 

Table of Contents

 (d)    On the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company will, to the
extent permitted by law: 
 (1)    accept for payment all Notes of each applicable series or portions
thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
 (2)    deposit with the Paying
Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price in respect of all Notes of each applicable series or portions thereof so tendered; and 

(3)    deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation of the Notes so accepted together
with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Company. 

Section 4.09. Restrictions on Sale Leaseback Transactions. 

Neither Mylan N.V. nor any Domestic Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. will enter into any Sale Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property
unless: 
 (a)    Mylan N.V. or such Domestic Subsidiary would be entitled to create a Lien on such
property securing Attributable Debt without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.07; and 

(b)    the gross proceeds received by Mylan N.V. or such Domestic Subsidiary in connection with such Sale
Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value of such property. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Mylan N.V. or any
Domestic Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. may enter into a Sale Leaseback Transaction if (x) during the twelve months following the effective date of the Sale Leaseback Transaction, Mylan N.V. or such Domestic Subsidiary applies an amount equal to the
greater of the net proceeds of such sale or transfer and the Fair Market Value of the property that Mylan N.V. or such Domestic Subsidiary leases in the transaction to (i) the voluntary retirement of the Notes or other Indebtedness of Mylan
N.V. or any Domestic Subsidiary of Mylan N.V., provided that such Indebtedness ranks pari passu or senior to the Notes, or (ii) the acquisition, purchase, construction, development, extension or improvement of any property or
assets of Mylan N.V. or any Domestic Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. used or to be used by or for the benefit of Mylan N.V. or any Domestic Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. in the ordinary course of business, or (y) Mylan N.V. or such Domestic Subsidiary
equally and ratably secures the Notes as described under Section 4.07. 
 Section 4.10.
Additional Guarantees. 
 If any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. that is not a Guarantor (other than the Company or a Receivables Entity)
becomes a guarantor or an obligor in respect of any Triggering Indebtedness, within 10 Business Days of such event Mylan N.V. shall cause such Subsidiary to enter into a Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall agree to
Guarantee the Company’s Obligations under the Notes, fully and unconditionally and on a senior basis; provided that in no event shall a Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. that is not a Guarantor of the Notes on the Issue Date be required to
provide a Guarantee of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes if Mylan N.V. reasonably determines that such Guarantee is prohibited by, or would be unduly burdensome under, applicable laws or would result in adverse tax consequences to Mylan
N.V. or any of its Subsidiaries. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantee by any Guarantor (other than Mylan N.V.) shall be released
in accordance with Section 10.07. 
 Each Guarantee shall be limited in amount to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can
be guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors
generally. 

  
 30 

Table of Contents

 Section 4.11. Compliance Certificate. 

(a)    The Company and each Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an
Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of Mylan N.V. and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has
kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled
each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such
Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason
of which payments on account of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereto. 
 (b)    So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon
any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.12. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or
in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and
each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein
granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 ARTICLE V

 SUCCESSORS 
 
Section 5.01. Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets. 
 (a)    Mylan N.V. will not consolidate with any
other entity or accept a merger of any other entity into Mylan N.V. or permit Mylan N.V. to be merged into another Person, or sell or lease all or substantially all the assets of Mylan N.V. and its Subsidiaries to, any entity, unless: 

(1)    either Mylan N.V. shall be the continuing entity or the successor, transferee or lessee entity, if
other than Mylan N.V. (the “Successor Company”) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture thereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of Mylan N.V. under the Notes
and this Indenture; 
 (2)    immediately after such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; and 
 (3)    Mylan N.V. shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 

(b)    For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of
all or substantially all of the properties and assets or one or more Subsidiaries of Mylan N.V., which properties and assets, if held by Mylan N.V. instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets
of Mylan N.V. on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Mylan N.V. 

(c)    The Successor Company will be the successor to Mylan N.V. and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, Mylan N.V. under this Indenture, and Mylan N.V., as the predecessor company, except in the case of a lease, shall be released from all obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. 

  
 31 

Table of Contents

 (d)    The Company will not consolidate with any other entity or accept a
merger of any other entity into the Company or permit the Company to be merged into another Person, or sell or lease all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to, any entity, unless: 

(1)    either the Company shall be the continuing entity or the successor, transferee or lessee entity, if
other than the Company (the “Mylan Inc. Successor Company”) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture thereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company
under the Notes and this Indenture; 
 (2)    immediately after such transaction, no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing; and 
 (3)    the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction and such Supplemental Indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 

(e)    For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of
all or substantially all of the properties and assets or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and
assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. 

(f)    The Mylan Inc. Successor Company will be the successor to the Company and shall succeed to, and be substituted for,
and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, and the predecessor Company, except in the case of a lease, shall be released from all obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. 

ARTICLE VI 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 Section 6.01. Events of Default. 

Each of the following events shall be an “Event of Default” with respect to each series of Notes: 

(1)    a failure to pay interest upon Notes of such series that continues for a period of 30 days after
payment is due; 
 (2)    a failure to pay the principal or premium, if any, on the Notes of such series
when due upon maturity, redemption, acceleration or otherwise; 
 (3)    a failure to comply with
Section 5.01; 
 (4)    a failure to comply with (x) any of the Company’s and the
Guarantors’ other agreements contained in this Indenture and applicable to the Notes of such series (other than (i) a failure that is subject to clause (1), (2) or (3) of this Section 6.01 or (ii) a failure to comply with
Section 4.03) for a period of 60 days after receipt by the Company of written notice of such failure from the Trustee (or receipt by the Company and the Trustee of written notice of such failure from the Holders of at least 25% of the principal
amount of the applicable series of Notes) or (y) the requirements set forth in Section 4.03 for a period of 120 days after receipt by the Company of written notice of such failure from the Trustee (or receipt by the Company and the Trustee
of written notice of such failure from the holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of such series of Notes); 

(5)    one or more defaults shall have occurred under any of the agreements, indentures or instruments
under which Mylan N.V. or any Significant Subsidiary has outstanding Indebtedness in excess of $150.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, and either (a) such default results from the failure to pay such Indebtedness at its stated
final maturity and such default has not been cured or the Indebtedness repaid in full within 20 days of the default or (b) such default or defaults have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness and such acceleration has
not been rescinded or such Indebtedness repaid in full within 20 days of the acceleration; 

  
 32 

Table of Contents

 (6)    one or more judgments or orders that exceed
$150.0 million in the aggregate (net of amounts covered by insurance or bonded) for the payment of money have been entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against Mylan N.V. or any Significant Subsidiary and such judgment or
judgments have not been satisfied, stayed, annulled or rescinded within 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and nonappealable; 

(7)    any Guarantee by Mylan N.V. or a Significant Subsidiary of the Company’s Indenture Obligations
under the Notes shall for any reason cease to be, or shall for any reason be held in any judicial proceeding not to be, or asserted in writing by Mylan N.V., any Significant Subsidiary or the Company not to be, in full force and effect and
enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent contemplated by this Indenture and any such Guarantee by Mylan N.V. or such Significant Subsidiary of the Company’s Indenture Obligations under the Notes, and any such Default
continues for 10 days; 
 (8)    Mylan N.V., the Company or any Significant Subsidiary: 

(A)    commences a voluntary insolvency proceeding; 

(B)    consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary insolvency proceeding or
consents to its dissolution or winding-up; 
 (C)    consents to
the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; 
 (D)    makes a
general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 
 (E)    generally is not paying its debts as they
become due; or 
 (F)    takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 

provided, however, that the liquidation of any Subsidiary of Mylan N.V. into another Subsidiary of Mylan N.V., other than as part of a credit
reorganization, shall not constitute an Event of Default under this Section 6.01(8); and 
 (9)    a
court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (A)    is for
relief against Mylan N.V., the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary insolvency proceeding; 

(B)    appoints a Custodian of Mylan N.V., the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial
part of their property; 
 (C)    orders the winding-up,
liquidation or dissolution of Mylan N.V., the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; 
 (D)    orders the
presentation of any plan or arrangement, compromise or reorganization of Mylan N.V., the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or 

(E)    grants any similar relief under any foreign laws; 

and in each such case the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days. 

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary
or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

Section 6.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission. 

If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of a series (other than an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(8) and 6.01(9) with
respect to Mylan N.V. or the Company) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes of such series, may declare to be immediately due and payable the principal amount
of all of the Notes of such series then outstanding, plus accrued 

  
 33 

Table of Contents

 
but unpaid interest to the date of acceleration. If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(8) and 6.01(9) with respect to Mylan N.V. or the Company shall occur, such amount with respect
to all the Notes shall become automatically due and payable immediately without any further action or notice. After any such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration is obtained by the applicable person, the registered
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series may cancel such acceleration if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and (ii) if all existing Events of Default have been
cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, that has become due solely because of the acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

Subject to Section 7.01, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise
any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Notes of any series, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security and/or indemnity. Subject to Section 7.06, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of any series of Notes then outstanding will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or
power the Trustee holds with respect to the Notes of such series. 
 Section 6.03. Other Remedies.

 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to
collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on the Notes of each applicable series or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes of each applicable series or this Indenture and may take any necessary action
requested of it as Trustee to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a party. 
 The Trustee may
maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. Any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee may be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery
of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. A
delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any
other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative, to the extent permitted by law. Any costs associated with actions taken by the Trustee under this Section 6.03 shall be reimbursed to the Trustee by the Company. 

Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults and Events of Default. 

Provided the Notes of a series are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series may on behalf of the Holders of all the affected Notes of such series waive any past Default with respect to such series of Notes and its consequences by providing written notice thereof to the
Company and the Trustee, except a Default (1) in the payment of interest on or the principal of any Note or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of
the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. In the case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes of the applicable series will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, respectively;
provided that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 
Section 6.05. Control by Majority. 
 The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes
of a series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes of such series. However, the Trustee may
refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of the affected Notes not
joining in the giving of such direction and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of the Notes. 

  
 34 

Table of Contents

 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 

No Holder of the Notes of a series will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or for any remedy hereunder,
unless: 
 (1)    the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding for 60 days after the Holder has
previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes of such series; 

(2)    the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes of such series have
made a written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee; and 

(3)    the Trustee has not received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes of such series a direction that is inconsistent with such request. 
 However, the Holder of any Note will have an
absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, such Note on or after the date or dates they are to be paid as expressed in such Note and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such
payment. 
 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of or premium, if
any, or interest, if any, on such Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes shall not be impaired or affected without the
consent of such Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Holder of a Note, and each owner of a beneficial interest in a Note, shall be deemed to acknowledge and agree that the release of any Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture shall not impair the right of such Holder or owner to receive any payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on such Note, and each such Holder and each such owner, by acquiring any interest in a Note, thereby
consents to any such release and waives any and all claims against the Trustee, the Company and any Guarantor in connection with such release. 

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium or interest specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) for the whole amount of unpaid principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid. 

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06) and the Holders allowed in any judicial
proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law, shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any
such claims and to distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby
authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06. 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any
plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceedings. All rights of action and
claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and 

  
 35 

Table of Contents

 
any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. 

Section 6.10. Priorities. 

Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI, and any money or other property distributable in respect of the
Company’s obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order: 
 FIRST:
to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee) for amounts due under Section 7.06; 
 SECOND: to Holders for amounts
due and unpaid on the affected Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) as to each, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the affected
Notes; and 
 THIRD: to the Company. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder
pursuant to Section 
6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes of a series then outstanding. 
 Section 6.12.
 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 
 No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Notes to exercise any right or remedy
occurring upon an Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article VI or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may
be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 ARTICLE VII

 TRUSTEE 
 
Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 
 (a)    If a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written
notice that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it under this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b)    Except during the
continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (1)    the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such
duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2)    in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the
statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture but, in the case of any such certificates

  
 36 

Table of Contents

 
or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform
to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts, statements, opinions or conclusions stated therein). 

(c)    No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1)    this
paragraph does not limit the effect of clause (b) or (d) of this Section 7.01; 
 (2)    the
Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3)    the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
in accordance with a direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of any series, determined as provided herein, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Notes of such series. 

(d)    No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any
financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against
such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (e)    Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every
provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01. 

(f)    The Trustee shall not be liable for interest or earnings on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree
in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by the law. 

(g)    The Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 

Subject to Section 7.01: 

(a)    The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed in
good faith by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

(b)    Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order and any
resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a board resolution. 
 (c)    Whenever in the
administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in
the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate. 
 (d)    The Trustee may
execute any of the trusts or power hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through attorneys or agents and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent appointed with due
care by it hereunder. 
 (e)    The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken in
good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 

  
 37 

Table of Contents

 (f)    The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice
of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(g)    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at
the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security and/or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be
incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (h)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities
and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act
hereunder. 
 (i)    The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further
inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books records, and premises of the Company, personally or
by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(j)    The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default
unless written notice of such Default or Event of Default from the Company or any Holder is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 

(k)    The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of
individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person
specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
 (l)    Anything in this
Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), even if the Trustee has been advised as to the
likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 
 (m)    The Trustee shall not be responsible or
liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its control, including, without limitation, any provision of any law or regulation
or any act of any Governmental Authority, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or
communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action. 

(n)    The permissive right of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking action hereunder shall not be construed as a
duty. 
 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from,
perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate thereof with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of
Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA §310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other
securities or certificates of interest of participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA §310(b)(1) are met, other than the fact that such indentures are not described
herein. 
 Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.09. 

  
 38 

Table of Contents

 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of
the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity, sufficiency or adequacy of this Indenture or of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or
application by the Company of the Notes or the proceeds thereof. The Trustee shall not be responsible to make any calculation with respect to any matter under this Indenture. The Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver
this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor or investigate the Company’s compliance with or the breach of, or cause to be performed or observed, any representation,
warranty or covenant made in this Indenture. 
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 

Within 90 days after the occurrence thereof, and if known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give to the Holders of the Notes of a series notice
of each Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes of such series known to the Trustee, by transmitting such notice to Holders at their addresses as the same shall then appear on the register of the Notes kept by the Registrar, unless
such Default shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes of a series when and as the same
shall become payable, or to make any sinking fund payment as to the Notes of a series (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture), the Trustee shall be protected in
withholding such notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders. 

Section 7.06. Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a)    The Company shall pay to the Trustee and Agents from time to time such reasonable compensation for their services
hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as shall be agreed upon in writing. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee and Agents upon request for all
reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by them in connection with the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and external
counsel, except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its willful misconduct or negligence. 

(b)    The Company shall fully indemnify each of the Trustee and their officers, agents and employees and any predecessor
Trustee for, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense, including, without limitation, reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by each of them in connection with the
acceptance or performance of its duties under this Indenture including the reasonable and documented costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in
connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement costs). The Trustee or Agent shall notify the Company in writing promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer of
the Trustee has received written notice at its Corporate Trust Office asserted against the Trustee or Agent for which it may seek indemnity; provided that the failure by the Trustee or Agent to so notify the Company shall not relieve the
Company of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the Company has been materially prejudiced thereby. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event
that a conflict of interest exists or potential harm to the Trustee’s business exists, the Trustee may have separate counsel, which counsel must be reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Company shall pay the reasonable and documented
fees and expenses of such counsel. 
 (c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company need not reimburse the Trustee
for any expense or indemnify it against any loss or liability to have been incurred by the Trustee through its own willful misconduct or negligence. 

(d)    To secure the payment obligations of the Company in this Section 7.06, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to
the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee and such money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. 

  
 39 

Table of Contents

 (e)    The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.06 to
compensate and indemnify the Trustee, Agents and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee, Agents and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be the liability of the Company and the lien provided
for under this Section 7.06 and shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, discharge or other termination of this Indenture for any reason, including any termination or rejection hereof under any Bankruptcy
Law. 
 (f)    In addition to, but without prejudice to its other rights under this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs
expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or Section 6.01(9) occurs, the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended
to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 (g)    For purposes of this Section 7.06, the
term “Trustee” shall include any predecessor Trustee; provided, however, that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights or any other Trustee hereunder. 

Section 7.07. Replacement of Trustee. 

(a)    A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the
successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.07. 
 (b)    The Trustee may
resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing no later than 30 calendar days prior to the date of the proposed resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by notifying the
Company and the removed Trustee in writing no later than 30 calendar days prior to the date of the proposed removal and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The
Company may remove the Trustee at its election if: 
 (1)    the Trustee fails to comply with
Section 7.09; 
 (2)    the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief entered
with respect to the Trustee under Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3)    a receiver or other public officer takes
charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
 (4)    the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 (c)    If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the
Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 
 (d)    If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days
after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction, in the
case of the Trustee, for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (e)    If the Trustee fails to comply with
Section 7.09, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f)    A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the
Company. Immediately following such delivery, the retiring Trustee shall, subject to the lien and its rights under Section 7.06, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, the resignation or removal of the retiring
Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall transmit notice of its succession to each Holder. Notwithstanding replacement of
the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07, the lien and Company’s obligations under Section 7.06 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

Section 7.08. Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc. 

Any Person into which the Trustee or any successor to it in the trusts created by this Indenture shall be merged or converted, or any Person
with which it or any successor to it shall be consolidated, or any Person 

  
 40 

Table of Contents

 
resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee or any such successor to it shall be a party, or any Person to which the Trustee or any successor to it shall sell or
otherwise transfer all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor Trustee under this Indenture without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto;
provided that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII. In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture with respect to one or more series of Notes,
any of such Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered by the Trustee then in office, any successor to such Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in
case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; provided, however,
that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation. 

Section 7.09. Eligibility; Disqualification. 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or
of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power and that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities. The Trustee (together with its corporate parent) shall have a combined
capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in the most recent applicable published annual report of condition. 
 The
Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflict of interest under or in respect of its duties under this Indenture except and to the extent provided for in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA, applied as if this Indenture were qualified under such Act;
provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA §310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are
outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA §310(b)(1) are met, other than the fact that such indentures are not described herein. 

Section 7.10. Reports by Trustee to Holders. 

If required by TIA § 313(a), within 60 days after June 15 of any year, commencing 2018, the Trustee shall transmit to each Holder a
brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply
with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit all reports as required by TIA § 313(c) and comply with TIA § 313(d). 

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 

The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or
been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE VIII 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 8.01. Without Consent of Holders. 

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may modify or amend this Indenture without the consent of any Holder of a Note of any series to:

 (1)    cure any ambiguity, defect, mistake or inconsistency in this Indenture; 

(2)    provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(3)    comply with the requirements of Section 4.10 or 5.01; 

(4)    evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; 

(5)    if required by the requirements of the Commission, comply with any requirements of the Commission in
connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 

  
 41 

Table of Contents

 (6)    make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes of such series or that does not adversely affect in any material respect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; 

(7)    secure any series of Notes; 

(8)    provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this
Indenture; 
 (9)    add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor; 
 (10)    conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or
the Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes” contained in the Offering Memorandum; and 

(11)    allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

 Upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a board resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such
supplemental indenture and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 8.05, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the
Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture, in which case the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture. 

Section 8.02. With Consent of Holders. 

(a)    The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may modify or amend this Indenture as it applies to a series of Notes
with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series affected by the modification or amendment (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for
Notes of such series), and any past default or compliance with any provisions of this Indenture relating to a series of Notes may also be waived (except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest and a default under clause
(b) of this Section 8.02) with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series. 

(b)    However, no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of each Holder of Notes of a series affected
thereby: 
 (1)    extend the due date of the principal of, or any installment of principal of or
interest on, the Notes of such series; 
 (2)    reduce the principal amount of, or any premium or
interest rate on, the Notes of such series; 
 (3)    change the place or currency of payment of
principal of, or any premium or interest on, the Notes of such series; 
 (4)    reduce the amount
payable upon the redemption of any Note of such series; 
 (5)    impair the right to institute suit for
the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes of such series after the due date thereof; or 

(6)    reduce the percentage in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series, the consent
of whose Holders is required for modification or amendment of this Indenture, for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults. 

(c)    The Holders of a majority of the principal amount of then outstanding Notes of any series may waive future
compliance with certain restrictive covenants of this Indenture applicable to such series of Notes. The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of then outstanding Notes of a series may waive any past default under this Indenture with
respect to such series, except a failure by the Company to pay the principal of, or any premium or interest on, any Notes of such series or a provision that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holders of all outstanding Notes of
such series. 

  
 42 

Table of Contents

 (d)    [Reserved] 

(e)    In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of a series of Notes have concurred in any
direction, notice, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be
protected in conclusively relying on any such direction, notice, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 

(f)    It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of
any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment
that requires the consent of the Holders of the affected Notes becomes effective, the Company shall transmit to each registered Holder of the affected Notes at such Holder’s address appearing in the security register a notice briefly describing
such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders of such Notes, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of the amendment. 

Upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a board resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such
supplemental indenture, and upon the receipt by the Trustee of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 8.05, the Trustee
shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture, in which case the Trustee may, but shall not be
obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture. 
 Section 8.03. Revocation and Effect of
Consents. 
 After an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a
continuing consent conclusive and binding upon such Holder and every subsequent Holder of the same Note or portion thereof, and of any Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in place thereof, even if notation of the consent
is not made on any such Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes
effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 The
Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those
Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons
continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained. 

Section 8.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

If an amendment, supplement, or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee (in accordance with the specific written direction of the
Company) shall request the Holder of the Note (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Company) to deliver it to the Trustee. In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and
return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate
notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 

  
 43 

Table of Contents

 Section 8.05. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article VIII if the amendment, supplement or waiver does
not affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee, the Trustee may, but need not, sign such amendment, supplement or waiver. In signing or refusing
to sign such amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Section 7.01, shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating, in addition to the
matters required by Section 11.02, that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE IX

 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 

Section 9.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. 

(a)    This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Notes (except
as to rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes and rights to receive principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes) as to all outstanding Notes of such series issued hereunder when: 

(1)    either: 

(A)    all the Notes of such series that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or
destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from this trust) have been delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation, or 
 (B)    all Notes of such series not delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation otherwise (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable, or are to be called for redemption, within one year or (iii) have been called for redemption pursuant to the provisions described under
Section 3.07 and, in any case, the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds, in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, U.S. legal tender, U.S. Government
Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest) to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness (including all principal and accrued interest) on the Notes of such
series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, 
 (2)    the Company or any Guarantor
has paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture, and 
 (3)    the Company has delivered irrevocable
instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes of such series at maturity or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be. 

In addition, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions
precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been complied with. 
 (b)    Subject to clause (c) of this
Section 9.01 and Section 9.02, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes of a series (“Legal
Defeasance”). Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Notes of such series and the related Guarantees, and this Indenture shall cease
to be of further effect as to all outstanding Notes of such series and the related Guarantees, except as to: 

(1)    the rights of Holders of such series of Notes issued under this Indenture to receive payments in
respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture; 

(2)    the Company’s obligations with respect to such series Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes
under Section 2.11, registration of Notes under Section 2.04, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes under Section 2.08, and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment under Section 2.04 and money for security
payments held in trust under Section 2.05; 

  
 44 

Table of Contents

 (3)    the rights, powers, trust, duties, and immunities of
the Trustee, and the Company’s obligation in connection therewith; and 
 (4)    the applicable
provisions of this Article IX. 
 In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the
obligations of the Guarantors released with respect to (A) their respective obligations under Sections 4.03, 4.07 through 4.11 with respect to the outstanding Notes of a series and (B) the operation of Sections 6.01(5), (6), (7) or (8)
(only as such clauses (7) or (8) apply to Significant Subsidiaries) (“Covenant Defeasance”) on and after the conditions in Section 9.02 with respect to Covenant Defeasance are satisfied, and thereafter any omission to
comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to such Notes. The Company may exercise its Legal Defeasance option regardless of whether it previously exercised Covenant Defeasance. 

(c)    If the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes of such series may not be accelerated
because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. 
 (d)    Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and
upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates. 

(e)    Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 9.01, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.04,
2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 7.06, 9.05 and 9.06 shall survive with respect to such series of Notes until such time as the Notes of such series have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.06, 9.05 and 9.06 shall survive.

 Section 9.02. Conditions to Defeasance. 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes of any series: 

(a)    the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, as trust funds, in trust solely for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes of such series U.S. legal tender, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest) in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm
of independent public accountants selected by the Company, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes of such series on the stated date for payment or on the Redemption Date of the principal or installment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on such series of Notes; 
 (b)    in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the beneficial owners of Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes solely as a result of the Legal Defeasance and will be
subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred, which opinion must be based either on a change in the applicable U.S. federal
income tax laws or regulations occurring after the date of the Offering Memorandum, or the Company having received a ruling from, or published by, the Internal Revenue Service to that effect; 

(c)    in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that the beneficial owners of Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes solely as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts,
in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(d)    no Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from borrowing funds to be
applied to make such deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness) or the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; 

  
 45 

Table of Contents

 (e)    the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance; as the case may be, have been complied with. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.02, the conditions set forth in the foregoing subsections (b), (c), (d) and
(e) need not be satisfied so long as, at the time the Company makes the deposit described in subsection (a), (i) no Default under clauses (1), (2), (8) and (9) under Section 6.01 has occurred and is continuing on the date of such
deposit and after giving effect thereto, and (ii) either (x) a notice of redemption has been transmitted providing for redemption of all the Notes of such series not more than 60 days after such transmission and the requirements for such
redemption shall have been complied with or (y) the Stated Maturity of the Notes of such series will occur within 60 days. If the conditions in the preceding sentence are satisfied, the Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Covenant
Defeasance option. 
 If the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect Covenant Defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of and
interest on the Notes of the applicable series when due, then the Company’s obligations and the obligations of Guarantors under this Indenture will be revived with respect to such series and no such defeasance will be deemed to have occurred.

 Section 9.03. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 All money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee
pursuant to Section 9.02(a) in respect of the outstanding Notes of a series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any
Paying Agent, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government
Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 9.02(a) or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 Anything in this Article IX to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon a
request of the Company any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 9.02(a) which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

Section 9.04. Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01 by reason of
any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or U.S. Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the applicable Notes
shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article IX until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01;
provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes
to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 
Section 9.05. Moneys Held by Paying Agent. 
 In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys
then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon written demand of the Company, be paid to the Trustee, or if sufficient moneys have been deposited pursuant to Section 9.02(a), to the Company upon a request of
the Company, and thereupon the Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys. 

  
 46 

Table of Contents

 Section 9.06. Moneys Held by Trustee. 

Any moneys deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or then held by the Company in trust for the payment of the principal of, or premium,
if any, or interest on any Note that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the Holder of such Note for two years after the date upon which the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Note shall have respectively become due and
payable shall be repaid to the Company upon a request of the Company, or if such moneys are then held by the Company in trust, such moneys shall be released from such trust; and the Holder of such Note entitled to receive such payment shall
thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for the payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided that the Trustee or the
Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Company either transmit to each Holder affected, at the address shown in the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.04,
or cause to be published once a week for two successive weeks, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in the City of New York, New York, a notice that such money remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such transmission or publication, any unclaimed balance of such moneys then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the
Company or the release of any money held in trust by the Company, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person. 

ARTICLE X 
 GUARANTEES 

Section 10.01. Guarantee. 

(a)    Each Guarantor, hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the Notes and
obligations of the Company hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, that (i) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest
on the Notes will be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (including, without limitation, the amount that would become due but for the operation of any automatic stay provision of any Bankruptcy Law),
together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest, to the extent lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be paid in full or performed,
all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same will be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms
of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the limitations set forth in Section 10.03. 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability
of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against
the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. 

(b)    Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for
payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the
Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be discharged as to the 2028 Notes or the 2048 Notes, as the case may be, except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Notes, this Indenture and such Guarantee. Each Guarantor acknowledges
that the Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by
acceleration, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce
such Guarantor’s Guarantee without first proceeding against the Company or any other Guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are
prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect 

  
 47 

Table of Contents

 
interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor will pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor,
the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders. 

(c)    If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guarantor, or any
custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore
discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) subject to this Article X, the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the
Guarantee of such Guarantor. 
 (d)    Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective
should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant
part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or
reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the
event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or
returned. 
 (e)    To evidence its Guarantee, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a Notation of Guarantee substantially in
the form attached as Exhibit G hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered to the Trustee and that this Indenture or a Supplemental Indenture to this Indenture will be executed on behalf of
such Guarantor by one of its Officers. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a Notation of Guarantee. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after
the authentication thereof hereunder, will be deemed to constitute due delivery of the Notation of Guarantee set forth in this Indenture by the Guarantors. If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Notation of Guarantee no longer
holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Notation of Guarantee is endorsed, the Notation of Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 

Section 10.02. Severability. 

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 10.03. Limitation of
Liability. 
 Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the
guarantee by each such Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or
state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and each such Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its
Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to this Article X, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee constituting such fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

  
 48 

Table of Contents

 Section 10.04. Contribution. 

In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Guarantors, the Guarantors agree, inter se, that in the event any
payment or distribution is made by any Guarantor under a Guarantee, such Guarantor will be entitled to a contribution from any other Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on the net assets of each Guarantor determined in accordance with GAAP.

 Section 10.05. Subrogation. 

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the
provisions of Section 10.01; provided, however, that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation
until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full. 
 
Section 10.06. Reinstatement. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees (and each Person who becomes a Guarantor shall agree) that the
Guarantee provided for in Section 10.01 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time, payment, or any part thereof, of any obligations or interest thereon is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by a
Holder to the Company upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or any Guarantor. 

Section 10.07. Release of a Guarantor. 

Any Guarantee issued by any Guarantor (other than Mylan N.V.) under this Indenture shall be automatically and unconditionally released and
discharged upon: 
 (1)    a sale or disposition of such Guarantor in a transaction that complies with
this Indenture such that such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of Mylan N.V.; 
 (2)    Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance or if the Company’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 

(3)    upon the request of Mylan N.V. and the receipt by the Trustee of evidence reasonably satisfactory to
it that such Guarantor is not a guarantor or obligor in respect of any Triggering Indebtedness (and for the avoidance of doubt, such release shall not require the approval of the Trustee). 

Section 10.08. Benefits Acknowledged. 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture
and that its respective Guarantee is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
 ARTICLE XI 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 
Section 11.01. Notices. 
 Except for notice or communications to Holders, any notice or communication shall be given in writing
and is duly given when received if delivered in person, when receipt is acknowledged if sent by facsimile, on the next Business Day if timely delivered by a nationally recognized courier service that guarantees overnight delivery or two Business
Days after deposit if mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: 
 If to the Company and/or any
Guarantor: 
 Mylan N.V. 

c/o Mylan Inc. 

1000 Mylan Boulevard 

Canonsburg, PA 15317 

Attn: Thomas Salus, Deputy General Counsel, Global BD and Securities 

Fax: (724) 514-1871 

Email: thomas.salus@mylan.com 

  
 49 

Table of Contents

 With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: 

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP 

Worldwide Plaza 

825 Eighth Avenue 

New York, NY 10019-7475 

Attn:    William V. Fogg 

            Johnny G. Skumpija 

Fax: (212) 474-3700 

Email:    wfogg@cravath.com 

              jskumpija@cravath.com 

If to the Trustee: 

Mailing Address: 

The Bank of New York Mellon, N.A. 

500 Ross Street, 12th Floor 

Pittsburgh, PA 15262 

Attn: Corp Trust Admin—Mylan 

Fax: (412) 234-7535 

Email: michael.flickinger@bnymellon.com 

Such notices or communications shall be effective when actually received and shall be sufficiently given if so given within the time
prescribed in this Indenture. 
 The Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee by written notice to the others may designate additional or
different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 The Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be required, to rely upon
and comply with instructions and directions sent by email, facsimile and other similar unsecured electronic methods by persons believed by the Trustee to be authorized to give instructions and directions on behalf of the Company. The Trustee shall
have no duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the person who sent such instructions or directions is, in fact, a person authorized to give instructions on behalf of the Company; and the Trustee shall have no liability for any losses,
liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by the Company as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions or directions, provided that such reliance was in good faith. The Company agrees to assume all risks
arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and all the risk of interception and misuse by third
parties. 
 Any notice or communication transmitted to a Holder shall be transmitted to him or her at his or her address shown on the
register kept by the Registrar. 
 Failure to transmit a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its
sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication to a Holder is transmitted in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

If the Company transmits a notice or communication to Holders, it will transmit a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as
required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such notice. 

  
 50 

Table of Contents

 Section 11.02. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions
Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (other than the
authentication and delivery of the Initial Notes), if so requested by the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(1)    an Officer’s Certificate (which must include the statements set forth in Section 11.03)
stating that, in the opinion of the signer, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(2)    an Opinion of Counsel (which must include the statements set forth in Section 11.03) stating
that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 

Section 11.03. Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture must include: 

(1)    a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 (2)    a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the
statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3)    a statement that, in
the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4)    a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been
complied with. 
 Section 11.04. Communications by Holders with Other Holders. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The
Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 

Section 11.05. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 11.06. No Personal Liability of Directors,
Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
 No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, past,
present or future, will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each
Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

Section 11.07. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction. 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW
YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OR ANY SUCCESSOR TO SUCH STATUTE) WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF
THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 EACH PARTY HEREBY, AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF,
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE. 

  
 51 

Table of Contents

 ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS INDENTURE AND ANY ACTION FOR ENFORCEMENT OF
ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, IN EACH CASE RESIDING IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS
INDENTURE, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM
ANY THEREOF. THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE COMPANY
AT ITS ADDRESS REFERRED TO IN SECTION 11.01. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE
AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO ABOVE AND TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR
CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO
COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. 
 Section 11.08. No
Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of
the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 

Section 11.09. Successors. 

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will
bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.07. 

Section 11.10. Separability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 11.11.
Counterpart Originals. 
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of
them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or electronic format (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) transmission shall constitute effective execution and
delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or electronic format (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”)
shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 Section 11.12. Table of
Contents, Headings, etc. 
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have
been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

  
 52 

Table of Contents

 Section 11.13. Benefits of Indenture. 

Nothing in this Indenture expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to
confer upon, or to give to, any Person other than the parties hereto and their successors and the Holders of the Notes any benefit or any right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Indenture or any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise or
agreement hereof, and all covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and of the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 11.14. Appointment of Agent for Service. 

Each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably appoints Corporation Service Company, with offices at 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210, New
York, NY 10036-8401, as its agent for service of process in any related proceeding and agrees that service of process in any such related proceeding may be made upon it at the office of such agent. Each of the Guarantors waives, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Each of the Guarantors represents and warrants that such agent has agreed to act as its agent for service of process, and each of the
Guarantors agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect. 

[Signatures on following page] 

  
 53 

Table of Contents

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date
first written above. 
  

					
	MYLAN INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ John Miraglia
		 	Name:	 	John Miraglia
		 	Title:	 	Treasurer

  

					
	MYLAN N.V.
		
	By:	 	/s/ John Miraglia
		 	Name:	 	John Miraglia
		 	Title:	 	Treasurer

  

					
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, 
as Trustee
		
	By:	 	/s/ Francine Kincaid
		 	Name:	 	Francine Kincaid
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

 [Indenture] 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT A-1 

CUSIP No. 
 MYLAN INC. 

No. 

$                        
                 
 4.550% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2028 

Mylan Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation (the “Company”), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or
registered assigns the principal sum of $    , on April 15, 2028. 
 Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and
October 15. Record Dates: April 1 and October 1. 
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which
will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be
signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers. 
  

					
	MYLAN INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  
 A-1-1 

Table of Contents

 Certificate of Authentication 

This is one of the 4.550% Senior Notes due 2028 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
 as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated: 

  
 A-1-2 

Table of Contents

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE] 

MYLAN N.V. 
 4.550% SENIOR NOTE DUE
2028 
 (1)    Interest. Mylan Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as issuer (the “Company”),
promises to pay, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 4.550% per annum. Interest on the 4.550% Senior Notes due 2028 (the
“Notes”) will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including April 9, 2018 to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall
be payable in arrears on each April 15 and October 15, commencing on October 15, 2018. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve
30-day months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes. 

(2)    Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest to those persons who were holders of record at the close of
business on the April 1 and October 1, as the case may be, immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was
most recently paid. If any interest payment date for the Notes falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then payment of interest may be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue because of such delayed payment. 

(3)    Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Trustee”) will act
as a Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

(4)    Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 9, 2018 (the
“Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Company issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes
are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 

(5)    Optional Redemption. At any time and from time to time prior to the date that is three months prior to the
Maturity Date, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of: 

(1)    100% of the aggregate principal amount of any Notes being redeemed, and 

(2)    the sum of the present values, as calculated by the Company, of the remaining scheduled payments of
principal and interest on the Notes being redeemed that would be due if the Notes matured on the date that is three months prior to the Maturity Date, not including unpaid interest accrued to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, discounted to the
Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 30 basis points with respect to any Notes,

 plus, in each case, unpaid interest on the Notes being redeemed accrued to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. 

On or after the date that is three months prior to the Maturity Date, the Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time
to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 15 days’ but no more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding,
the Redemption Date. 
 The Company will, however, pay the interest installment due on any Interest Payment Date that occurs on or before a
Redemption Date to the holders of the affected Notes as of the close of business on the applicable record date. 
 “Treasury
Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per year equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity or interpolated (on a day count basis) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury
Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date. 

  
 A-1-3 

Table of Contents

 (6)    Redemption Procedures. If the Company redeems less than all of
the Notes at any time, in the case of Notes issued in definitive form, the Trustee will select Notes by lot on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Global Notes, the Notes will be selected in accordance with the applicable procedures of the
relevant depositary) unless an alternative selection method is otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements. The Company will redeem Notes of $2,000 or less in whole and not in part. For all purposes of the
Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, provisions of the Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 

(7)    Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be transmitted at least 15 but not more than 60 days before
the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof that is to be
redeemed. 
 (8)    Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form
without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. 

(9)    Persons Deemed Owners. The Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company
or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. 
 (10)    Unclaimed Money.
If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request or, if such money is then held by the Company in trust, such money shall be released
from such trust. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person. 

(11)    Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may modify or amend the
Indenture without the consent of any Holder to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect, mistake or inconsistency in the Indenture and make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of the Holder. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of each of the Holders of the Notes to be affected. 

(12)    Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event. If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs,
each Holder of Notes will have the right to require that the Company purchase all or any part (in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control offer (a
“Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in the Indenture, except that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Indenture in the event that the Company has exercised
the right to redeem all of the Notes as described in Section 3.07(a) of the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer to purchase all of the Notes at a purchase price in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal
amount of the Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record dates to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date if the
Notes have not been redeemed prior to such record date). 
 (13)    Successor Entity. When a successor entity
assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture and the transaction complies with the terms of Article V of the Indenture, the predecessor entity will, except as provided in Article V, be released from those
obligations. 
 (14)    Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. Subject to
certain limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect to the Notes (other than an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(8) and 6.01(9) of the Indenture with respect to Mylan N.V. or the Company) shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes may declare to be immediately due and payable the principal amount of all Notes then outstanding, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the date of
acceleration. If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(8) and 6.01(9) of the 

  
 A-1-4 

Table of Contents

 
Indenture with respect to Mylan N.V. or the Company shall occur, such amount with respect to all the Notes shall become automatically due and payable immediately without any further action or
notice. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security and/or indemnity satisfactory to
the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders. 

(15)    Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate thereof with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

(16)    No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the
Guarantors will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of
Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

(17)    Discharge. The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for
obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment or cancellation of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligations
sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes at maturity or redemption, as the case may be. 

(18)    Guarantees. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally, fully and
unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors. 

(19)    Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of
authentication on this Note. 
 (20)    Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND
BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

(21)    Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM
(= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 

Mylan N.V. 
 c/o Mylan Inc. 

1000 Mylan Boulevard 
 Canonsburg,
PA 15317 
 Attn: Thomas Salus, Deputy General Counsel, Global BD and Securities 

Fax: (724) 514-1871 

Email: thomas.salus@mylan.com 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: 

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP 

Worldwide Plaza 
 825 Eighth
Avenue 
 New York, NY 10019-7475 

Attn:    William V. Fogg 

            Johnny G. Skumpija 

Fax: (212) 474-3700 

Email:    wfogg@cravath.com 

              jskumpija@cravath.com 

  
 A-1-5 

Table of Contents

 ASSIGNMENT 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

	
	 
	(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)
	
	 
	(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

 and irrevocably appoint: 
 as
Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

							
	Date:	 	 	 	Your Signature:	 	 
		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 

 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements
include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all
in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 A-1-6 

Table of Contents

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES 

This certificate relates to $ principal amount of Notes held in definitive form by the undersigned. 

The undersigned has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144
under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

 

					
	☐	  	(1)	  	to the Company; or
			
	☐	  	(2)	  	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
			
	☐	  	(3)	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	☐	  	(4)	  	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom
notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	☐	  	(5)	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	☐	  	(6)	  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and
agreements; or
			
	☐	  	(7)	  	pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the
name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions,
certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

  

	
	 
	 Your Signature

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:    	 	 
		 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee

  

							
	 Date:
	 	 	 		 	 
		 		 		 	 Signature of Signature Guarantee

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

							
	Date:	 	 	 		 	 
		 		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 A-1-7 

Table of Contents

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the
box: 
 ☐        Change of Control 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Indenture,
state the principal amount (in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof): 
 $ 

 

									
	Date:	 	 	 		 	Your Signature:	  	 
		 		 		 		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:    	 	 
		 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee

  
 A-1-8 

Table of Contents

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global
Note
	  	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global
Note
	  	 Principal Amount of this
Global Note following
such
decrease or increase
	  	 Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes
Custodian

		  		  		  		  	

  
 A-1-9 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT A-2 

CUSIP No. 
 MYLAN INC. 

No. 

$                        
                 
 5.200% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2048 

Mylan Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation (the “Company”), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or
registered assigns the principal sum of $    , on April 15, 2048. 
 Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and
October 15. Record Dates: April 1 and October 1. 
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which
will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be
signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers. 
  

					
	MYLAN INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  
 A-2-1 

Table of Contents

 Certificate of Authentication 

This is one of the 5.200% Senior Notes due 2048 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
 as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated: 

  
 A-2-2 

Table of Contents

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE] 

MYLAN N.V. 
 5.200% SENIOR NOTE DUE
2048 
 (1)    Interest. Mylan Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as issuer (the “Company”),
promises to pay, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 5.200% per annum. Interest on the 5.200% Senior Notes due 2048 (the
“Notes”) will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including April 9, 2018 to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall
be payable in arrears on each April 15 and October 15, commencing on October 15, 2018. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve
30-day months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes. 

(2)    Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest to those persons who were holders of record at the close of
business on the April 1 and October 1, as the case may be, immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was
most recently paid. If any interest payment date for the Notes falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then payment of interest may be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue because of such delayed payment. 

(3)    Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Trustee”) will act
as a Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

(4)    Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 9, 2018 (the
“Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Company issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes
are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 

(5)    Optional Redemption. At any time and from time to time prior to the date that is six months prior to the
Maturity Date, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of: 

(1)     100% of the aggregate principal amount of any Notes being redeemed, and 

(2)    the sum of the present values, as calculated by the Company, of the remaining scheduled payments of
principal and interest on the Notes being redeemed that would be due if the Notes matured on the date that is six months prior to the Maturity Date, not including unpaid interest accrued to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, discounted to the
Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 35 basis points with respect to any Notes,

 plus, in each case, unpaid interest on the Notes being redeemed accrued to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. 

On or after the date that is six months prior to the Maturity Date, the Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to
time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 15 days’ but no more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the
Redemption Date. 
 The Company will, however, pay the interest installment due on any Interest Payment Date that occurs on or before a
Redemption Date to the holders of the affected Notes as of the close of business on the applicable record date. 
 “Treasury
Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per year equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity or interpolated (on a day count basis) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury
Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date. 

  
 A-2-3 

Table of Contents

 (6)    Redemption Procedures. If the Company redeems less than all of
the Notes at any time, in the case of Notes issued in definitive form, the Trustee will select Notes by lot on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Global Notes, the Notes will be selected in accordance with the applicable procedures of the
relevant depositary) unless an alternative selection method is otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements. The Company will redeem Notes of $2,000 or less in whole and not in part. For all purposes of the
Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, provisions of the Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 

(7)    Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be transmitted at least 15 but not more than 60 days before
the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof that is to be
redeemed. 
 (8)    Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form
without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. 

(9)    Persons Deemed Owners. The Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company
or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. 
 (10)    Unclaimed Money.
If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request or, if such money is then held by the Company in trust, such money shall be released
from such trust. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person. 

(11)    Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may modify or amend the
Indenture without the consent of any Holder to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect, mistake or inconsistency in the Indenture and make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of the Holder. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of each of the Holders of the Notes to be affected. 

(12)    Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event. If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs,
each Holder of Notes will have the right to require that the Company purchase all or any part (in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control offer (a
“Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in the Indenture, except that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Indenture in the event that the Company has exercised
the right to redeem all of the Notes as described in Section 3.07(b) of the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer to purchase all of the Notes at a purchase price in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal
amount of the Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record dates to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date if the
Notes have not been redeemed prior to such record date). 
 (13)    Successor Entity. When a successor entity
assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture and the transaction complies with the terms of Article V of the Indenture, the predecessor entity will, except as provided in Article V, be released from those
obligations. 
 (14)    Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. Subject to
certain limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect to the Notes (other than an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(8) and 6.01(9) of the Indenture with respect to Mylan N.V. or the Company) shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes may declare to be immediately due and payable the principal amount of all Notes then outstanding, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the date of
acceleration. If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(8) and 6.01(9) of the 

  
 A-2-4 

Table of Contents

 
Indenture with respect to Mylan N.V. or the Company shall occur, such amount with respect to all the Notes shall become automatically due and payable immediately without any further action or
notice. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security and/or indemnity satisfactory to
the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders. 

(15)    Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate thereof with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

(16)    No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the
Guarantors will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of
Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

(17)    Discharge. The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for
obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment or cancellation of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligations
sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes at maturity or redemption, as the case may be. 

(18)    Guarantees. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally, fully and
unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors. 

(19)    Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of
authentication on this Note. 
 (20)    Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND
BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

(21)    Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM
(= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 

Mylan N.V. 
 c/o Mylan Inc. 

1000 Mylan Boulevard 
 Canonsburg,
PA 15317 
 Attn: Thomas Salus, Deputy General Counsel, Global BD and Securities 

Fax: (724) 514-1871 

Email: thomas.salus@mylan.com 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: 

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP 

Worldwide Plaza 
 825 Eighth
Avenue 
 New York, NY 10019-7475 

Attn:    William V. Fogg 

            Johnny G. Skumpija 

Fax: (212) 474-3700 

Email:    wfogg@cravath.com 

              jskumpija@cravath.com 

  
 A-2-5 

Table of Contents

 ASSIGNMENT 
  

	
	 I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

	
	 
	(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)
	
	 
	(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

 and irrevocably appoint: 
 as
Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

							
	Date:	 	 	  	Your Signature:	 	 
		 		  		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 

 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements
include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all
in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 A-2-6 

Table of Contents

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES 

This certificate relates to $ principal amount of Notes held in definitive form by the undersigned. 

The undersigned has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144
under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

 

					
	☐	  	(1)	  	to the Company; or
			
	☐	  	(2)	  	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
			
	☐	  	(3)	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	☐	  	(4)	  	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom
notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	☐	  	(5)	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	☐	  	(6)	  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and
agreements; or
			
	☐	  	(7)	  	pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the
name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions,
certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

  

	
	 
	 Your Signature

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:    	 	 
		 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee

  

							
	 Date:
	 	 	 		 	 
		 		 		 	 Signature of Signature Guarantee

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

							
	Date:	 	 	 		 	 
		 		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 A-2-7 

Table of Contents

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the
box: 
 ☐        Change of Control 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Indenture,
state the principal amount (in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof): 
 $ 

 

									
	Date:	 	 	 		 	Your Signature:	  	 
		 		 		 		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:    	 	 
		 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee

  
 A-2-8 

Table of Contents

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global
Note
	  	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global
Note
	  	 Principal Amount of this
Global Note following
such
decrease or increase
	  	 Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes
Custodian

		  		  		  		  	

  
 A-2-9 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT B 

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR 144A SECURITIES AND OTHER SECURITIES THAT ARE 

RESTRICTED SECURITIES] 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS
NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD,
ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON
ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER
OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY
(A) TO MYLAN N.V., THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO MYLAN N.V.’S, THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH
OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE
RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY
CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT
TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH
PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT UNDER ERISA OR ANY SIMILAR LAW OR (2) THE ACQUISITION
AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW.” 

  
 B-1 

Table of Contents

 [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR 144A SECURITIES AND OTHER SECURITIES THAT ARE 

RESTRICTED SECURITIES] 
 I or we
assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

	
	 
	(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)
	
	 
	(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

 and irrevocably appoint: 
 as
Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 [Check One] 

☐ (a) This Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
provided by Rule 144A thereunder. 
 or 

☐ (b) This Note is being transferred other than in accordance with clause (a) above and documents are being furnished to the
Registrar which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture. 
 If none of the foregoing boxes is
checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.07, 2.16
and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied. 
  

							
	Date:	 	 	 	Your Signature:	 	 
		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 

 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements
include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all
in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 TO BE COMPLETED BY TRANSFEROR IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED 

The transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and, accordingly, the transferor
hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or certificated Note is being transferred to a Person that the transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or certificated Note for its own account, or for
one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” 

  
 B-2 

Table of Contents

 
within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such transfer is in compliance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.
Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated on the Rule 144A Notes and/or the
certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

							
	Date:	 	 	 		 	 
		 		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 B-3 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT C 

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR REGULATION S NOTE] 

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE
OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH
SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO
PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, ONLY (A) TO MYLAN N.V., THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED
EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO MYLAN N.V.’S, THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER
INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT
PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE
REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY
OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO
INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT UNDER ERISA OR ANY SIMILAR LAW OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED
TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW.” 

  
 C-1 

Table of Contents

 [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE] 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

	
	 
	(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)
	
	 
	(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

 and irrevocably appoint: 
 as
Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 [Check One] 

☐ (a) This Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
provided by Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 or 

☐ (b) This Note is being transferred other than in accordance with clause (a) above and documents are being furnished to the
Registrar which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture. 
 If none of the foregoing boxes is
checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.07, 2.16
and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied. 
  

							
	Date:	 	 	 	Your Signature:	 	 
		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 

 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements
include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all
in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 TO BE COMPLETED BY TRANSFEROR IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED 

The transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and,
accordingly, the transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or such transferor
and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither
such transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b)
of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the 

  
 C-2 

Table of Contents

 
proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the restricted period under Regulation S, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person
(other than an initial purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated on the
Regulation S Notes and/or the certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

							
	Date:	 	 	 		 	 
		 		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 C-3 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT D 

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE] 

Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the
case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form: 
 THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO
AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE
INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED
EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY
TRUST COMPANY (A NEW YORK CORPORATION) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED
BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

  
 D-1 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT E 

Form of Certificate To Be Delivered 

in Connection with Transfers 

Pursuant to Regulation S 
 The Bank of New
York Mellon, N.A. 
 500 Ross Street, 12th Floor 
 Pittsburgh,
PA 15262 
 Attention: Corp Trust Admin—Mylan 
 Attention:
Corporate Trust Division—Corporate Finance Unit 
 Re: Mylan Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as issuer 

(the “Company”), [4.550% Senior Notes due 2028 / 5.200% Senior Notes due 2048] (the
“Notes”)  
 Dear Sirs: 

In connection with our proposed sale of $[ ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to
and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 

(1)    the offer of the Notes was not made to a U.S. person or to a person in the United States; 

(2)    either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United
States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither
we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States; 

(3)    no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements
of Rule 904(a) of Regulation S; 
 (4)    the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the
registration requirements of the Securities Act; and 
 (5)    we have advised the transferee of the
transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes. 
 You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this
letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

 

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	[Name of Transferee]
		
	By:	 	 

  
 E-1 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT F 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR] 

Mylan N.V. 
 c/o Mylan Inc. 

1000 Mylan Boulevard 
 Canonsburg, PA 15317 

Attn: Thomas Salus, Deputy General Counsel, Global BD and Securities 

The Bank of New York Mellon, N.A. 
 500 Ross Street, 12th Floor

 Pittsburgh, PA 15262 
 Attention: Corp Trust Admin—Mylan

 Re: [4.550% Senior Notes due 2028 / 5.200% Senior Notes due 2048] (the “Notes”) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2018 (the “Indenture”), between Mylan Inc., as issuer
(the “Company”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

In connection with our proposed purchase of $[ ] aggregate principal amount of: 

(a) [ ] a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

(b) [ ] a Definitive Note, 
 we confirm that:

 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and
conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes has not
been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as
hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales of the Notes under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any
subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such
transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of
transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of
Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person
purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated
herein. 
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to
furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes
purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 

  
 F-1 

Table of Contents

 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any
accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring the
Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	 
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated: , 

  
 F-2 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT G 

[FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE] 

Each of the undersigned (collectively, the “Guarantors”) have guaranteed, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally
(such guarantee by each Guarantor being referred to herein as the “Guarantee”) (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual
payment of interest on the overdue principal and interest, if any, on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set
forth in Article X of the Indenture and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of
the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 
 No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the
Guarantors will have any liability for any of the Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Guarantees. 
 Each holder of a Note
by accepting a Note agrees that any Guarantor named below shall have no further liability with respect to its Guarantee if such Guarantor otherwise ceases to be liable in respect of its Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

The Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Notes upon which the Guarantee
is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. 
  

			
	[GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 G-1 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT H 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS] 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [ ], among (the “Guaranteeing
Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Mylan N.V., a public limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Netherlands (or its permitted successor), Mylan Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation
(the “Company”), the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of
April 9, 2018 providing for the issuance of 4.550% Senior Notes due 2028 and 5.200% Senior Notes due 2048 (collectively, the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note
Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and
deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article X thereof. 
 3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.
No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the
Note Guarantees. 
 4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OR ANY SUCCESSOR TO SUCH STATUTE) WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO
THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any
number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 

6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 

7. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this
Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

  
 H-1 

Table of Contents

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated: , 

 

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[MYLAN INC.]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 [TRUSTEE],
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 H-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00281-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00281-of-00352.parquet"}]]